Home
Emerson BDS-256XL User Guide
Contents
1. Computer Connected Backup Auto Polling Auto Extraction Type and Via Database Central Modem Midnight Midnight Copies the status copies then deletes data Access 12 00AM 12 00AM Concurrent with autopoll Central RS 232 Midnight Continuous Copies the status copies then deletes data Access 12 00AM Concurrent with first autopoll after 12AM Central LAN Midnight Continuous Copies the status copies then deletes data Access 12 00AM Concurrent with first autopoll after 12AM Local Modem Midnight 10 00PM Copies the status copies data Concurrent Access 12 00AM with autopoll Local RS 232 Midnight Continuous Copies the status copies data Concurrent Access 12 00AM with first autopoll after 10P M Local LAN Midnight Continuous Copies the status copies data Concurrent Access 12 00AM with first autopoll after 10P M Service Modem Midnight Autopolling Auto extraction not available Access 12 00AM not available Manual only See Note 1 Manual only Service RS 232 Midnight Continuous Auto extraction not available Access 12 00AM Manual only See Note 1 Service LAN Midnight Continuous Auto extraction not available Access 12 00AM Manual only See Note 1 Note 1 End user use of a computer set as Service type is not recommended Note 2 Status and data copy and delete functions are the same for manual extraction Figure 20 Computer Types Backup Polling and Extraction Table 7 3
2. 27 6 maintenance alarm ck box on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 maintenance ck box on battery s u digital input BDS 18 18 on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 13 maintenance recommendation area ON SUMMALY SU 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 2 maximum discharge time field on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 MDB le 4 7 7 2 21 1 measure points field on battery s u general MPM 17 2 measure points number field on battery s u general BIG 18 2 measure points per string field on system S U batel y oscoro iian 14 4 measured value column on calibration 00 eee cesecseeseeeeeeeeees 25 2 measurement point column ON calibration cc cc ecceeceeeceteceteeesees 25 2 INCOM EE 21 22 memory diagnostics BDS c cccccseteteteeneenes 27 7 diagnostics MPM cccccccsseseeteeees 26 6 m diagnostics screen BDG 27 7 m diagnostics screen MPM 26 6 m full ck box on system s u reporting 14 11 m type area on memory diagnostics MPM 26 6 MODBUS corsen n 6 3 modem connecting to a Jocoation 20 1 m button on system s u Imk 14 7 m connection area on comm s u 12 1 m hang up button 20 1 m status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 m tel number button on preferences
3. PR 2 6 2006 01 17 23 p e 12 14 2006 01 33 08 a 1 10 420 1 11 440 aaa s 113 og 1 14 483 ug wm 1 16 438 nm att CECI Tane Baseline Date 2 6 2006 01 17 23 p Figure 55 Cell Resistance Alarm Levels Setup MPM Cell Resistance Alarm Levels box To set Alarm Levels on a cell basis click Individual and Input Level and select options on this box Percentage Above Sets the cell alarm level a percentage above the selected dataset levels Type a value 1 to 99 in the Percentage Above field Absolute Above Microhms Sets the cell alarm level a numeric value above the selected dataset levels Type a value 1 to 99 in microhms in the Absolute Above field Date area check boxes Click one dataset date in this area on which to base alarm levels The system stores the date of the baseline data and displays it on the lower right after the Apply button is clicked Apply Click apply to apply selected levels to the cells The values appear in the Threshold column If you do not want to edit individual cell levels see below click OK Cell Intertier and Threshold columns To edit individual cell or intertier alarm levels in the Threshold column click the value and type a new value After editing click OK Note Values are not saved until Save or Send is clicked on the Float Alarms or another Battery Setup box Alarm Thresholds For high and
4. Practical Theory Understanding System Installation Practical Theory 8 Understanding System Installation This section describes how to set up the BMDM program and put the MPM or BDS monitor into operation To install the MPM or BDS refer to the Installation Instructions manual then read this section before placing the system into service You should initially configure monitor settings on site through the front or rear panel RS 232 Local port during installation You may change programmable settings later New monitors have location battery and string names blank and auto call out and alarms disabled This prevents nuisance alarms and unintentional communication during setup The location battery and string names must be unique for each system known to the user and correspond between the monitor and calling computer for a connection to occur The MPM monitor loses communication with a locally connected computer during modem handshaking when a monitor calls out After connection normal operation resumes 8 1 Connecting Using a Local Computer The following describes how to set up an MPM or BDS monitor for use with a Local computer when a Central computer is being used off site To set up the system d you need more help refer to 1 Install the Data Menager a Local computer Installing the Data Manager BMDM Software 2 Set communication parameters for a direct connect _ Communication Port Settings 3 S
5. 29 10 check intertier in comm aset 29 9 check overall voltage in comm asst 29 9 check settings ANA evnchronutztng ees 15 1 c s in controller o on 16 11 c s in controller screens 16 11 calibrati a eeir etip pen 16 9 calibration BDS screen 16 9 calibration MPM screen 16 9 digital mput 16 7 digital input BDS screen 16 7 digital input MPM screen 16 7 digital output sesseeeseeeeeseseseseseseseseseses 16 8 digital output BDS screen 16 8 decharge nearen enaA 16 6 discharge screen 16 6 float alarms enseroneieisirtioisesiron 16 4 float alarms BDS screen 16 4 16 5 float alarms MPM screen 16 4 General ie g etzgese Seege Ee geren 16 1 general screen 16 1 LGS screen 16 10 PAFAMELETS seisnes 16 2 parameters BDS screen 16 2 parameters MPM screen 16 2 Sereen Reeg enee EE el 16 1 test parameters sses 16 3 test parameters screen 16 3 check settings in comm aset 29 7 check temperature in comm asst 29 11 check test current in comm asst29 12 29 13 clear comm error counts button on comm error diagnostics BDS 27 9 clear counters button on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 clear data memory button 27 7 on memory diagnostics BDG 27 7 on memory diagnostics MPM 26 6 Clear
6. C Auto Max 43 000 Manual Min 13 000 Repot Output Text Graph Both Figure 98 Detail Intercell Resistance Setup The items on the Detail Intercell Resistance Setup box are the same as those on the Detail Cell Voltage Setup box refer to Detail Cell Voltage Report with the following exceptions To ignore BMDM thresholds click Override Preset Thresholds then type a high intercell resistance value in the High box 22 4 Using the Report Generator 22 4 Trend Cell Voltage Report String View gt View Reports Trend Cell Voltage To create a Trend Cell Voltage report click Cell Voltage The Trend Cell Voltage Setup box appears Trend Cell oltage Setup E 7 xi Setup Preview Data Sets All None C Use Preset Thresholds Override Preset Thresholds Hi Threshold 0 000 STRING 9 Lo Threshold 0 000 k ng cell 1 G Sh CString 1 cell 2 ow Average Trend String 1 cell 3 kW Auto Select Cells String 1 cell 4 I Include Cell Memos String 1 cell5 String 1 cell 6 M Include String Memos gt Graph Scaling String 1 cell 7 C Auto Max 0 000 Min 0 000 String 1 cell 9 String 1 cell 10 String 1 cell 11 String 1 cell 12 String 1 cell 13 String 1 cell 14 Report Output C Text Graph Both M M C M M MString 1 cell 8 M M O o M M Figure 99 Trend Cell Voltage Setup Click Use Preset Thresholds to use values set in the databa
7. Figure 105 Discharge Setup Report Interval area Click Time or OV Overall Voltage Deviation and type a value in the respective box Report Interval determines the frequency of report sampling Specify time in hours minutes and seconds 10 second minimum or OV deviation in volts 0 2 volt minimum Low Threshold Values area Click Use Preset Thresholds to use values set in the BMDM program when the test was run Click Override Preset Thresholds to ignore BMDM thresholds then type values in the Low Cell Threshold and Low OV Threshold boxes Any measurement below these values will be in violation Graph Scaling area Click Auto to default to automatic graph scaling or click Manual and type the Max and Min graph scale values Use Manual scaling when you want to maintain scaling to make it easier to compare several graphs Select Auto Select to automatically select cells listed on the right side that violate thresholds If you change cell or OV threshold values cells that meet the new criteria are selected You may add cells to the report by selecting additional check boxes in the list Select String Memos and Cell Memos to include string memos and cell memos Select Include Power to list power in reports in addition to voltage and current Select Standard to create a Standard report Cells are listed by string and strings are listed by time in a Cell Value format 22 10 Using the Report Generator Select Tabular to create
8. String Name Starting Date Starting Time Ending Date Ending Time Duration Lowest OV Volts STRING 9 6 1 2004 08 32 02 6 1 2004 08 32 08 00 00 06 49 7 String Status oN on e w N 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 el Communication Status Unknown This screen summarizes the following information The String Name selected on the String Status screen Figure 94 Summary Discharges The Starting Date and Starting Time the discharge or load test began The Ending Date and Ending Time the discharge or load test stopped The Duration of the test The Lowest ON Volts reached during the discharge or load test If any cells went below the threshold level during the test Cells Below Threshold displays a table that lists the String Number Cell Number and Time the cell went below threshold 21 21 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 15 Cell Memo String Memo Cell Memo or String Memo saves notes for a cell or string to the database using a Local Central or Service computer A Service computer can store a string memo in the monitor but not a cell memo The Service computer saves the string memo in the database and monitor memory the memo is removed from monitor memory if manually imported or the Central computer performs an automatic data extraction String View gt Click a bar to make it gray then right click the bar Cell Memo
9. If this program didn t install correctly try reinstalling using settings that are compatible with this version of Windows Program AlwaysUpService Hei Publisher Core Technologies Consulting LLC Location C Program Files x86 4lber MPM InstallService exe P3 Reinstall using recommended settings gt This program installed correctly Cancel What settings are applied Figure 2 AlwaysUp Program Compatibility Assistant 3 Type Windows key R and enter Services msc and check for the BMDMService managed by AlwaysUpService entry Right click the entry and click Start to start the service Program Installation and Options Services Local BMDMService managed by Name Descri Status Startup T Log On As w AlwaysUpService Application Information Facilitates the running of interactive applications with add Manual Local System Start the service Application Layer Gateway Service Provides support For 3rd party protocol plug ins for Inter Manual Local Service i ad Application Management Processes installation removal and enumeration request Manual Local System Description 35 Audio Service Manages audio jack configurations Started Automatic Local System This application is being managed by AlwaysUp Background Intelligent Transfer Service Transfers files in the background using idle network band Manual Local System http fwavw coretechnologies comsproducts Alw aysUp
10. String View gt Setup Reboot Firmware To reboot the MPM from the Data Manager select Reboot Firmware This does a warm reset of the MPM At power up the unit performs diagnostics for about two minutes If the unit fails any test other than failure to detect a dial tone the Error LED blinks Identify the failing parameters by using the Self Test diagnostic 26 1 MPM Diagnostics 26 2 Self Test MPM String View gt Diagnostics Self Test Self Test reads an MPM status register and displays the parameter status on the Diagnostics dialog box These parameters are tested only at MPM power up If an update is needed cycle the power to the MPM or reboot by selecting Setup Reboot Firmware To open Self Test Diagnostics select DiagnosticslSelf Test 2 xi oad Module DIP Indicator Digital Pott Memory Contacts Intertier ITEMS STATUS External RAM Running Firmware Firmware Version Communication Status Unknown Figure 115 Diagnostics Self Test MPM Items on the Self Test Diagnostics dialog box are described below Processor Checks processor internal registers and timers External RAM Writes and reads to each RAM location to verify accessibility PROM Calculates and verifies the program checksum in the PROM A D Reads and confirms the A D converter reference voltage is within specification Modem Verifies the modem echoes commands Dial Tone Confirms the telephone is connected Ru
11. s string status color ck box ON Drelerencesg ce eeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeees 11 2 s value ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 shunt value field on battery s u general BDS 18 2 on battery s u general MPM 17 2 software reiii iinei aibi eos See BMDM sound alarm ck box on system s u reporting 14 10 spool data format ou ee eeeeeeeeeneeeees 14 10 spool Setting 14 10 SRAM memory DD 9 2 27 7 SS column on battery s u parameters BDG 18 4 standard button on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 10 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 6 standard ck box ON all discharges eeeeseeeeeeeeeees 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 10 start s button on load Test 21 17 s button on String VIEW eee 21 9 s cell field on system s u string 14 7 s date time column on all discharges cece 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 s field for database range 19 1 s new page ck box ON SUMMALY Su 22 13 on tech detail summ report s u 24 1 24 2 s time field on contact information s eeeeeee 14 13 starting date on summary ss 21 21 starting time on summary 0 21 21 station phone number field on battery s u general BDS 18 2 on battery s u general MM 17 2 status string and priority levels 21 2 status color alarm box ON preferences c
12. 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 t interval column on executive summary report 24 2 t on field on contact information 14 13 t out field on communication s u 12 1 t to go TTG field ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 7 t to go area on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM17 10 18 17 timeout bad data retry field ON COMMUNICATION sai 12 2 to email address field on test email 13 2 to name field on test email eee 13 2 trend E eieiei ei 21 11 t cell resistance ein 22 6 t cell resistance setup screen 22 6 t cell voltage ei 22 5 t cell voltage screen 21 12 t cell voltage setup screen 22 5 t intercell resistance S U ccccccceeseeeees 22 7 t intertier ein 22 9 t intertier setup screen 22 9 t overall voltage eu 22 8 t temperature SIU o oo 22 9 t temperature setup screen 22 9 trigger name field on battery s u digital output BDS 18 19 on battery s u digital output MPM 17 12 TTG field for discharge 17 10 18 17 21 7 UNO ZOOM hieni a r e 21 6 update date time column on String status eee 21 2 21 3 upgrade firmware menu item 04 28 1 upgrade MPM and BDS 0 00aaiaaeaee 28 1 upload and network parameters eee 15 2 u button on ck settings 15 1 15 3 with local or service Computer 15 2 USB COM port setup 12 2 use prese
13. 26 5 27 6 intertier BDS cccccccccccceseessecececeeventeneees 27 8 intertier BDS screen 27 8 intertier MPM ccccccccceceecsscececeeeenteneees 26 8 intertier MPM screen 26 8 load module BDS 0 ccccccccccceecccceeseees 27 3 load module BDS screen 27 3 27 4 load module MAM 26 3 load module MPM screen 26 3 memory BDS o on 27 7 memory BDS screen 005 27 7 memory MPM o s 26 6 memory MPM screen 26 6 MPM diagnostics 0 1 ccecceccecseesteeseeeeees 26 1 power Up BDS o on 27 1 power Up MPM 0 ece cess eet eteee 26 1 R test in a DCM ccccccccccccceeeecccceceeeenees 27 10 self test BIS 27 1 self test BDS screen 27 1 self test MPM noonoo 26 2 self test MPM screen 26 2 dial prefix field on COMM ei 12 1 dial tone status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 digital input battery slu BDS oooi 18 18 battery s u MPM ccccccccccccteceteenteeees 17 11 battery s u screen PDS 18 18 battery s u screen MPM 17 11 Check settings sisseisiresisiireiisaresis 16 7 check settings screen BDG 16 7 check settings screen MPM 16 7 digital output battery s u BDS 0 cccccceteeteteteetteeteeees 18 19 battery slu MPM onoono 17 12 battery s u screen BDG 18 19 battery s u screen MPM 17 12 check SettiN
14. 8 Synchronize the monitor to the computer BDS only Synchronizing Using the Check Settings The Central computer and monitor are now ready to operate e Ifthe Central computer is a remote off site computer To set up the system d you need more help refer to 1 Set up the monitor Service Computer or Local Computer 2 Install the Data Manager as a Central computer Installing the Data Manager BMDM Software 4 Connect the computer modem to the telephone line 5 Setup for a new system Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 6 Establish communication between the monitor and Connecting via a Modem computer 7 Synchronize the monitor to the computer Synchronizing Using the Check Settings The Central computer and monitor are now ready to operate 8 2 Practical Theory Understanding System Installation 8 3 Connecting Using a Service Computer The following describes how to set up a computer as a Service computer e Ifthe Service computer is a direct connection on site computer for setting up a new MPM or BDS monitor Use this option only if a Local computer is not available To set up the system d you need more help refer to 1 Install the Data EE a Service computer ona Instaing the Data Manager BMDM Software notebook portable computer 2 Set communication parameters Communication Port Settings 5 Establish communicati
15. DIP igital Port Memory Contacts Intettier Select Indicator Scan C Alam C Resistance Test Alarm Disable Enor Communication Status Poling System Status Figure 118 Diagnostics Indicator MPM 26 6 Digital Port MPM String View gt Diagnostics Digital Port The Digital Port diagnostic checks the status of the digital inputs If the system is connected to external contacts this diagnostic can check each contact To open Digital Port Diagnostics select Digital Port The screen displays the status of the inputs An ON status means a contact is closed piagnosties zx Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator emor Contacts Intertier Daama fon nput 16 Alarm Reset Button OFF Communication Status Poling Digitial Input Figure 119 Diagnostics Digital Port MPM 26 5 MPM Diagnostics 26 7 Memory MPM String View gt Diagnostics Memory To open Memory Diagnostics select Memory Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Contacts Intertier Memory Type Ze EEPROM Flash Memory Diagnostics Result Not Ready o Start E Clear Data Memory Communication Status Response OK Figure 120 Diagnostics Memory MPM The Memory diagnostic checks nonvolatile monitor memory EI EEPROM and Flash E memory stores calibration and setup information and data such as Discharge Alarm and Resistance te
16. Using the Report Generator Threshold Deviation area Select Include to include the threshold deviation report Select Start New Page to insert a page break before the report Select Show Percent or Show Value to have deviations shown as percent change or actual values Only cells that exceed threshold values are listed Maintenance Recommendation area Select Include to include the maintenance recommendation report Select Start New Page to insert a page break before the report Select Include Probable Cause Notes and Include Corrective Action Notes to include text that attempts to resolve the types of violations found such as high resistance Only cells with violations are listed Status Parameters area Select Overall Voltage Cell Voltage Cell Resistance IT Intertier Resistance or Temperature to list these items in Parameter Status as of Last Reading You must also select the Include Status Parameters check box Select Include Detail Overall Voltage Include Detail Cell Voltage Include Detail Cell Resistance Include Detail IT Resistance or Include Detail Temperature to print these sections which have graphs of each item in violation Items with Normal status do not print Discharge Setup area Select the Include Discharge Report check box to print a discharge report To add a discharge duration time to the list Click New then type a new time in the highlighted 00 00 00 in the Discharge Time list To sort the times click Sort To
17. 11 2 monitor configuration field ON system S U String 14 6 monitor connection type screen 5 1 monitor status and priority levels 21 3 monitor status column on string status 21 2 most negative cell button on system s u battery oe 14 5 most positive cell button on system s u battery oe 14 5 MPM current to include in report area 21 16 MPM le AEN EE 4 7 mpm db3 mdb file oo ce eeceeeereeeeneees 4 4 MUX ID field on system s u link 14 8 MUX ID on system s u link osae 15 3 my outgoing server ck box on email s u 13 1 n c ck box on battery s u digital input BDS 18 18 on battery s u digital input MPM 17 11 n o ck box on battery s u digital input BDS 18 18 on battery s u digital input MPM 17 11 name field on contact information 14 12 netmask n field on system s u Imk eee 14 8 on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 network connecting to a Joecoation 20 1 n button on system s u link 0 00ses 14 8 n connection area on communication s u EE 12 1 n port field on system s u link 14 8 network s u area on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 new button ON SYSTEM Setup 14 1 new password field on system s u password 14 14 number of strings field on system s u battery 0 eeeeeeee 14 4 number
18. 14 11 c l system setup screen 14 11 contact n button on contacts diagnostics BDS 27 8 contacts area on system s u contact list 14 12 contacts diagnostics for the BDS 0 cccccccccceteet tess teteeseeeneeees 27 8 for the BDS ecreen 27 8 for the MPM oooi 26 7 for the MPM screen 26 7 CONTINUOUS polling 0 eee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 7 2 continuous polling interval field on communication ei 12 2 control output Contact 17 12 18 19 critical alarm button on contacts diagnostics BDS 27 8 on indicator diagnostics BDS 27 6 critical alarm ck box on battery s u discharge BDG 18 16 critical ck box on battery s u digital input BDS 18 18 on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 13 cumulative time column on executive summary report 24 2 current 1 to 4 check boxes s sneesesee 21 16 current alarm ou eee ceecssecseeeeeeeeeeteeenees 21 13 current alarm screen 21 13 current mode button on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 curve n ALE eescecesssecessensecssseeeesesneees 21 20 CUIVE OPTION oireiksi etike 21 19 curve option screen 21 20 customer FO GIAG PAENNEEN 14 1 c button on preferences s seeees 11 c contact area on system s u CUustomer n e e 14 2 c contact ck box on system s u reporting 14 10 c field on
19. 29 10 Check Temperature Comm Asset 29 11 Check Discharge Current Comm Aer 29 11 Check Test Current Comm Asset 29 12 Check Intercell Comm est e geesde Aen Sl Acacias 29 13 Base Data Cell Resistance Comm Asst cccccccessssseceessececseccecesseeecnesaececseeeeeessseeeenenaees 29 13 Save Base Line and Send Thresholds Data Cell Intertier Inter Cell Resistance Comm Asst xi Figure 156 Report Comm Asst 0 eee Figure 157 Report Preventive Maintenance Form xii xiii Safety Information 1 Safety Information You must read and understand these safety precautions and those elsewhere in this manual before installing powering up or using the system Except as explained in this manual do not attempt to service Alb r equipment yourself Opening the equipment may expose you to dangerous voltages Refer servicing beyond that described in this manual to authorized personnel Do not allow liquids or moisture to get into the equipment If liquid gets into the equipment unplug it immediately and contact an authorized service center or Alb r The equipment must have adequate ventilation Do not block equipment ventilation openings Do not exceed equipment voltage power ratings or capabilities When grounding is required make sure the equipment is properly grounded Do not let unauthorized persons operate the equipment Do not energize the cabinet or any component with 115VAC or 230VAC if applicable
20. Figure 23 Email Bermes 13 1 Figure 24 Test Eat See eene norrir Ee E a NEO E E EEE S EREE EEN e 13 2 Figure 25 System Setup Customer eisereen ei eee eseo eeoa E rE EE ASE SEET a Sros 14 2 Figure 26 System Setup Location sissen oenen nee nenen enn v oarre eono osteran eser osi 14 3 Figure 27 System Setup Batter 14 4 Figure 28 System Setup String MPM sbown eee eceecceeceseceseceseceseceaecaaecseecaeesaeseaeseeeeeeeeereeeenaees 14 6 Figure 29 System Setup Lk aere eke isce ct ventecetescaaste se cpahovadesceevteencbonsensee cule epanevadussbesbesnebunbensesceis 14 7 Figure 30 System Setup Reporng eee ceecseeeeceeeceeecesecesecesecsecaecsaecsaecaeecaeeeseseaeseeeeeseseeeeenaees 14 9 Figure 31 System Setup Contact List 14 11 Figure 32 System Setup Contact Information 00 0 0 ee ee cesecesecnsecneeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesecsecsseeaeesaeenes 14 12 Figure 33 System Setup Password 00 0 cece eeeeceeesceeecesecesecesecaecssecsaecseeeseseaeeeaeeseeeseesseeaeesaeesaeenaeeaes 14 14 Figure34 Connection Error Message aisec scsasccsccecsessacsupesycvsshvovecisesveevsebevsecedesuyevcubsoseveeundgevecbvostuaensasevecsbens 15 2 Figure 35 Check Settings General MPM BD 16 1 Figure 36 Check Settings Parameters OMDM eeceeceeccesecesecesecesecsaecseecaeeeneseaeseaseeesseeeseenseeaeenaees 16 2 Figure 37 Check Settings Parameters BIS 16 2 Figure 38 Check Settings Test Parameters MPM BIDS occ eee eeeeeeeeeceeeceeeen
21. High Temperature n Unknown Low Temperature n Inactive 21 6 String View Screens From String Status click Connection BR display the String View screen String View gt Cell voltage or Cell resistance or Intercell resistance From the String Status screen highlight the location name then click Connection After communication is established the String View screen appears The title bar displays S B and L for string battery and location names This chapter describes features common among the Cell Voltage Cell Resistance and Intercell Resistance screens which are accessed by clicking the tabs The Intercell Resistance tab appears for a BDS only after you request a resistance test S STRING 9 B BATTERY 1X244 L BOC D a bk To open a different string choose a string name on the drop down list or click the arrows on String View Only MPM and BDS strings with the same phone number appear in the list MPM strings with a MUX setting of zero do not appear String View gt View Undo Zoom To view the level of an individual cell refer to Cell Voltage Box To perform a trend analysis refer to Trend Analysis To zoom in on the bar graph place the cursor over the bars and drag a rectangle over the area of interest while holding the left mouse button To restore to original size click Undo Zoom Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 7 Cell Voltage String View Screen String View gt Cell voltage default The String View Cell V
22. Load Module 5 Load Module 6 Load Module 7 C Load Module 8 Test Current CT Polarity Load Module 9 Load Module 10 Load Module 11 0 0 Load Module 12 Load Module 13 Load Module 14 Load Module 15 Load Module 16 o Load On Load Current amps Communication Status Response OK Figure 116 Diagnostics Load Module Test Current MPM Under Select Load Module select a load module then click Load On To stop the test click Load Off 26 3 MPM Diagnostics 26 4 DIP Switch MPM String View gt Diagnostics DIP Switch The DIP Switch diagnostic confirms each position of the DIP switch inside the MPM Although not all switch positions are used every position is checked This diagnostic allows remote checking of switch settings To open the diagnostic select DIP Switch The screen indicates each switch position as it is changed CAUTION Exit this diagnostic with the switch in the same positions it was in when the diagnostic was entered Self Test Load Module Indicator Digital Port Memory Contacts Intertier Bit 1 ON Communication Status Response OK Figure 117 Diagnostics DIP Switch MPM 26 4 26 5 Indicator MPM String View gt Diagnostics Indicator MPM Diagnostics This diagnostic tests front panel LED operation To open Indicator Diagnostics select Indicator To activate an LED click an LED name then On Self Test Load Module
23. View alarm S or View Alarm then Reset alarm Al or View Reset Alarm When you select Alarm active or latched alarms in the monitor are retrieved These alarms stay active until the condition clears or you click Reset Alarm However if you click Reset Alarm and the violation still exists the alarm reappears in the Current Alarm list String View gt View alarm SS or View Alarm then Get current historical alarms G or View Current historical alarm The Current Historical Alarm screen displays alarms that reset or cleared on their own and were not set to latch Select Current Historical Alarm to retrieve the alarms still in monitor memory Normal indicates the alarm returned to a valid value on its own No reset date or time is displayed If an alarm exists and it is reset an entry is created in Current Historical Alarms at the reset time and a new alarm is created because the alarm condition still exists Reset indicates a latched alarm was reset The reset date and time column indicates when the reset occurred Peak Value lists the highest or lowest value the parameter reached during the event When you select Current Historical Alarm data is transferred from the monitor to the database and saved under Historical Alarms If you select Current Historical Alarm using a Central computer the current history data is permanently removed from the monitor String View gt View alarm d or View Alarm then View historical alarms H or View Historical alar
24. and string names are used with each other to identify the strings and hardware to which the monitor is connected Note To change the location name after monitor setup use these SetuplSystem dialog boxes If database names do not match names in the monitor connection fails Blank spaces or hyphens can affect a name Note You cannot have two identical location names under the same customer name Selecting different locations changes the available batteries on the Battery dialog box This location name must match the location name in the database of the connecting computer Location Contact Type the name and contact information of the person at the monitor location responsible for the battery system This name may be used for reports faxed using SetuplSystemlReporting Customer or alternate field name Normally this field is not changed To move the location name and related battery and string setup data to a different customer select a name from the drop down list This is useful where many locations are under a few customers By adding customer names or regions etc the data becomes more manageable When finished click Save or click the next Battery tab 14 3 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 14 4 System Setup Battery String Status gt Setup System Battery The Battery dialog box assigns a battery name cell and string parameters and cell numbering on the String View screen Before completing this dialog box c
25. not listed on System Setup String Note Do not change the Measure Points number for multi string configurations If you enter a lower cell number for a configuration of 2x24 for example only the total cell count for the second string changes Shunt Value Type the shunt rating in amps per millivolt For example for a shunt of 600 amps 100mV type 6 600 amps 100mv 6 amps Imv This value must be an integer 17 2 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM Float Current Multiplier When a series of batteries is connected with more than one cable it may not be possible to get the float current sensor around all the cables In this case you may connect the sensor around one of the cables and set the Float Current Multiplier for the total number of cables The connecting cables must be of equal length Remote Reporting Enable and Disable Globally enables or disables the monitor remote reporting function For a parameter to report on alarm do not select the global Disable Alarm Reporting on Setup Preferences and select Remote Reporting on SetupI BatterylFloat Alarms or Setup Battery Discharge Telco MUX Not available for the MPM Password To change the battery setup password type the new password in the Password and Re type Password boxes The password may be up to five alphanumeric characters long IP Address Netmask and Gateway Displays the IP address netmask and gateway typed on Setup ISystemlLink Send Network Con
26. the battery can deliver over time hours For example if a battery can deliver 5 Amps for 20 hours it has a 100Ah rating However because discharge rate temperature and age affect battery capacity Amp hour rating can vary A 100Ah battery that discharges over two hours might deliver only 56Ah To compensate for this nonlinearity you can use Peukert s Equation to estimate the Amp hours remaining or time to go in a lead acid battery based on discharge rate If capacity testing is not an option you can get the numbers for the equation from the discharge curves on manufacturers data sheets but the result will be less accurate than that obtained by using values gotten from actual capacity testing Peukert s Equation demonstrates how the Amp hour capacity of a lead acid battery varies according to rate of discharge Rather than Ah I x T the Peukert Equation reads C ft where constant C the theoretical capacity of the battery I the discharge current in Amps t the time of discharge and the exponent n the Peukert number a constant for the given battery The exponent value can vary from greater than 1 to about 2 Values closer to 1 indicate a well performing battery higher numbers indicate more capacity diminishes when the battery is discharged at higher rates Calculate the Peukert number by determining the capacity obtained at any two discharge rates _ log ty log ti Ta log I logh where t is the hours of
27. 200 ES High Cell Voltage C Enable re Disable xI xl Low Cell Voltage High Overall Voltage Low Overall Voltage High Temperature volts 553 0 volts 536 6 F 82 a d lt l xI xI xI ikal m Cell Resistance Threshold xI xI Low Temperature nl ez microhms 9001 H Intertier Resistance microhms Input Level High Float Current mamps 50 Intercell Resistance microhms 00 4 amps 9999 2 High Cell Voltage Warning volts 14 400 sz Ze Global Individual xI xI Cell Resistance xI xI q xl xl Cal xI Emme ei High String Current Resistance for Warning EH Send Communication Status Polling System Status Close String Status Good Password OK Figure 65 Battery Setup Float Alarms BDS Float Alarms Enable or Disable Global control of all float alarms for local alarm status and alarm contact activation Select Enable for the call out of float alarms and digital input alarms When Disable is selected the String Status column on the String Status screen indicates Alarms Disabled 18 10 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Cell Resistance Threshold Global applies the alarm level in the Cell Resistance microhms field to all cells Individual and Input Level sets alarm levels on a cell basis using the Cell Resistance Alarm Levels box S cell Resistance Alarm Levels ioj x Sek Cell Resistance 8 OK Cancel Per
28. 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 1x193x2V 1 44 2 22 22 1 2 44 2 22 22 3 3 44 2 22 22 5 4 44 2 22 22 7 5 17 1 17 17 9 1x203x2V 1 40 2 20 20 1 2 40 2 20 20 3 3 40 2 20 20 5 4 40 2 20 20 7 5 45 2 20 10 9 1x205x2V 1 40 2 20 20 1 2 40 2 20 20 3 3 40 2 20 20 5 4 40 2 20 20 7 5 45 2 20 25 9 1x210x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 18 1 18 18 9 1x216x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 24 1 24 24 9 1x232x2V 1 46 2 23 23 1 2 46 2 23 23 3 3 46 2 23 23 5 4 46 2 23 23 7 5 48 2 23 25 9 1x234x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 18 5 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Config DCM Cells LS D R LS RLLS SS 1x198x1V 1 44 2 22 22 1 2 44 2 22 22 3 3 44 2 22 22 5 4 44 2 22 22 7 5 22 1 22 22 9 5 42 2 24 18 9 1x238x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 46 2 23 22 9 1x239x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 47 2 24 23 9 1x240x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 48 2 24 24 9 1x241x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 24 1 24 24 9 6 25 1 25 25 10 Figure 62 BDS Configuration Data for Setup Files 18 6 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Config DCM Cells LS D R LS RLLS SS 1
29. Active Do not select if the person is unavailable For example the person is on vacation Always Contact Select to always contact the person regardless of settings elsewhere The Active check box must be selected 14 12 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Page On Alarm Select to display the Page Report Alarm Event box on error and send alarm notification to a pager Click a button for the kind of pager being used numeric or alphanumeric With a numeric pager a six digit code is sent Digit 1 Report Type 1 Discharge 2 Alarm 3 Warning Digits 2 to 6 String ID For example to report an alarm in String ID 1 the pager would display 200001 An alphanumeric pager displays the location battery and string names and alarm detail Access Telephone Number Type the pager phone number if numeric or the modem ID number if alphanumeric If using an alphanumeric pager use an access number that has a TAPI interface that communicates using a modem instead of voice For example SkyPage s access number is 800 759 6366 Pager PIN Number Type the pager private ID PIN number if needed Delay Seconds If using a numeric pager type the delay in seconds before the numeric message is sent Fax Alarm Event Select to send alarm notification to a fax machine At Fax Number type the fax machine phone number the system will dial Email Alarm Event Select to send alarm notification to the person via email Type an addre
30. Answering is not selected on Setup Communication The Call All Modem Strings button polls all strings listed on the screen Get String Status polls only the string highlighted In both cases the BMDM gets the present string status and alarm events but does not extract data String Status gt Right click a string name Acknowledge alarm You may acknowledge alarms three ways One way is to right click the mouse on the String Status screen and click Acknowledge Alarm on the pop up menu Refer to Alarm Acknowledge for details 21 3 Report Alarm Event Screens String Status gt Show all alarm events There are four dialog boxes that appear on String Status when an alarm event occurs Report Alarm Event Print Report Alarm Event Fax Report Alarm Event and Page Report Alarm Event If there is an alarm condition the Report Alarm Event box appears during polling Report alarm Event E E 2 ali 4 gt Delete Delete All String Name STRING 2 Battery Name BATTERY amp lt 40 Location Name BOCA RATON LAB Event Type String Status Unknown Monitor Status Network Error Date Time 07 21 04 12 05 26 Figure 77 Report Alarm Event The Print Fax and Page Report Alarm Event boxes appear only if Print Alarm Event Fax Alarm Event or Page On Alarm are checked on Setup SystemlReporting and Disable Alarm Reporting on Setup Preferences is not checked To stop the audible alarm if enabled click Silence Click Delete to
31. Battery Setup for the MPM 17 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM From String Status click Connection BR display the String View screen String View gt Setup Battery dialog box After completing Preferences Communication Setup and System Setup complete the Battery Setup dialog boxes To open Battery Setup on the String Status screen highlight the location name then click Connection After computer to monitor communication is established the String View screen appears To perform battery setup select Setup Battery to display the dialog boxes Password If the Battery Setup boxes are protected type the Battery Setup password and click OK This password closes when communication ends If the password is incorrect the Battery Setup boxes appear but the Send button is inactive To change the location battery or string names after the monitor is set up and communicating use the Setup System dialog boxes Send Button and Close Button On the Battery Setup boxes the Send button transfers settings to the monitor On Battery SetuplTest Parameters the Historical Log Resistance Test and Load Test settings are sent only if changed You may complete all dialog boxes before clicking Send Clicking Send on any box transfers settings from all boxes Changes are not saved or sent if you only click Close 17 1 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM 17 1 Battery Setup General MPM String View gt Setup Battery General The fo
32. Detail Cell Yoltage Setup j 2 xi Setup Preview Data Sets All None Delete C Use Preset Thresholds Override Preset Thresholds Hi Threshold 3 000 String 1 1X40K12 Lo Threshold 1 000 j 6 03 20 06 p I7 Show Average Trend 6 03 25 06 p 6 03 30 06 p IT Auto Include all Data Sets 7 2 17 2006 03 35 06 p IV Include String Memos 42 17 2006 03 40 06 p kW 2 17 2006 03 45 06 pe ese Gea eres Gi 7 2006 03 50 06 A aa 2 17 2006 03 55 06 55 06 p Auto Max 7 000 2717 2006 04 00 06 p Manual Min 0 500 6 04 05 06 p L 6 04 10 06 p Repot Output 6 04 15 06 p C Text Graph Both 6 04 20 06 p Oo 8 3 2006 02 41 37 p Figure 96 Detail Cell Voltage Setup Click Use Preset Thresholds to use values set in the BMDM program when the test was run To ignore BMDM thresholds click Override Preset Thresholds then type values in the Hi Threshold and Lo Threshold boxes 22 1 Using the Report Generator Select Show Average Trend to generate a graph that shows the average voltage of all the cells in the string for each date selected Select Auto Include All Data Sets to automatically select string data sets listed on the right side that violate high or low thresholds If you change threshold values data sets that meet the new criteria are selected You may add data sets to the report by selecting additional check boxes in the list Select Include String Memos or Include Cell Memos to include string or cell me
33. Digital Input Digital Output LGS Historical Log Resistance Test e Enable C Disable Enable Disable Period days 17 24 Period days 17 Standard C Average Extended intertier avg test cased s String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 64 Battery Setup Test Parameters BDS Logging R Test Time Mode area Click the Absolute Date and Time option button to specify the exact day of the month from 1 to 28 29 30 and 31 are not used and time the historical log is updated and the resistance test is performed Click the Day Interval button to specify how often in days the historical log is updated and the resistance test is performed Historical Log area Click Enable to activate then complete Period days and Period time described below Specify how often in days or the date and time the voltages currents and temperatures are recorded in the history log Period days and Period time Either select how often the historical log is updated or select the day of the month and time the log is updated Resistance Test area Click Enable to activate then complete Period days and Period time described below Specify the resistance test interval in days or date and time If set to 30 days resistance is tested every 30 days starting at 12 00 A M midnight When the monitor performs a resistance test it creates a historical log entry For this reason you may want
34. E IS IC Vv fe Input 11 fe VV fe ja ja Vv fe Input 12 r Vv fe IS ja Vv E Input 13 fa K EI e IC V IC Input 14 fe Vv In ja fe K pa Input 15 ima x4 Lal IS We K ie Input 16 ja Vv E ei ja V fe Send Time W Recheck Upload String Status Alarm Communication Status Polling System Status Password Unchecked Figure 43 Check Settings Digital Input MPM 7 Check Settings General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Qutput Calibration IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Input Name N C N O Report Critical Maint Defined N C N O Report Critical Maint Input 1 V fe a Nah 1s ie iad g a a E Input 2 A iW if Ia ia lg if ld la la la Input 3 Vv ri Iesele fe lg if lo H og E Input 4 Keis al i ae i ee i ai ee Input 5 I gy le Jai isa le iz lel lat lt le Input 6 Vv ja lio A fe aes ge SC el IS Input 7 Vv IS E st E ele eiis a os fa Input 8 Fe la ld Js la Io 4 id lid ia ia Input 9 Vv ol cl io ig e if Jo a lt i E Input 10 Vv fa ESE fe ek eee Sy IS Input 11 VF lig Jig Je lal if Le CL ia Je Input 12 Vv ia ja fe EI E V fe E fe IC Input 13 K PT lal el lz a ee Ek IS Input 14 bk a ia ig ia Il 4 La H la E Input 15 b s ei Im io lg if id la if ia Input 16 Mees ig ie E EMR TTE a ke Oe Send Time W Recheck den Upload String Status Alarm Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked Figure 44 Check Settings Digital Input BDS 16 7 Check
35. ESMTP This specifies that you must log on to your outgoing mail server Account Type the mail server account user name or number Password Type the password for the account Disable Email This selection globally disables all BMDM email settings To not send any alarm or other BMDM emails check this box Test To send an email to test the setup click the Test button The Test Email dialog box appears Setting Up an Email Account 13 1 Testing Email String Status gt Setup Email Setup Test The Test Email box tests the settings on the Email Setup dialog box GER To Name Jiack To Email Address name name cam JA OK X Cancel Figure 24 Test Email At To Name and To Email Address type the recipient s name and email address Click OK to send the email and close the box Confirm the email is received at the location to which it was sent String Status gt Setup system Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 14 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System or Setup System BMDM setup involves defining what systems exist Each system setup must identify customer location contacts battery and string information and other data All System Setup dialog boxes except String are identical for both the MPM and BDS 14 1 System Setup General Notes System Setup is password protected After selecting SetuplSystem type the password and click OK The password times out after five minutes or you may click the top left
36. Ex schte Cunnaske Ex sckesen Cuank Mokifieskian Cassian ZEERIEN bie Chavkad Aubaraski Laesl Gem deen E Figure 3 BMDM and AlwaysUp Running as a Service 4 Type Ctrl Shift Esc to open the task manager Check for the BMDM exe 32 under the Processes tab This confirms that the BMDM is running as a service windows Task manager ToT File Options View Help Applications Processes Services Performance Networking Users JImageName JL UserName CPU Working Set memor amtmon exe 32 SYSTEM 00 10 452 K 3 384K amtmon servi ApMsgFwd exe salokam32115 oo 5 160 K 2 016K ApMsgFwd ApntEx exe salokam32115 oo 4 928 K 1 860 K Alps Pointing Apoint exe salokam32115 oo 8 696 K 2 632 K Alps Pointing AppleMobileDeviceService exe 32 SYSTEM oo 9 536 K 2 648 K MobileDevicet audiodg exe LOCAL SERVICE oo 16 276 K 10 452K Windows Aud Eh e 19 912 K K bmdm btwdins exe SYSTEM oo 6 120 K 2 108K Bluetooth Suf ccSvcHst exe 32 SYSTEM 00 2 752 K 1 500K Symantec Ser collector exe 32 SYSTEM oo 5 100K 1 312K collector Appli conhost exe SYSTEM 00 2 876 K 952K Console Wind conhost exe SYSTEM oo 3 160 K 1 004K Console Wind conhost exe SYSTEM oo 3 256 K 1 072K Console Wind conhost exe salokam32115 00 3 300 K 1 048 K Console Wind csrss exe SYSTEM 00 6 312 K 2 332K Client Server w s IV Show processes from all users End Process Processes 110 CPU Usage 0 Physical Memory 52 E Figure 4 BMDM is Running as a Service 5 Tola
37. Manual Min 0 000 Lo Threshold 0 0 M Include String Memos Figure 102 Trend Overall Voltage Setup Click Use Preset Thresholds to use values set in the database Click Override Preset Thresholds to ignore BMDM thresholds then type values in the Hi Threshold and Lo Threshold boxes Select Include String Memos to include string memos Report Output area Click Text to create a report with text only click Graph for graphs only Click Both to include both text and graphs in the report Graph Scaling area Click Auto to default to automatic graph scaling or click Manual and type the Max and Min graph scale values Use Manual scaling when you want to maintain scaling to make it easier to compare several graphs 22 8 Using the Report Generator 22 8 Trend Temperature Report String View gt View Reports Trend Temperature To create a Trend Temperature report click Temperature The Trend Temperature Setup box appears Trend Temperature Setup E 2 x Setup Preview Report Output C Use Preset Thresholds C Text C Graph Both Override Preset Thresholds i Hi Threshold 0 0 Ee Lo Threshold 00 C Auto Max 00 Manual Min 00 M Include String Memos Figure 103 Trend Temperature Setup The items on the Trend Temperature Setup box are the same as those in Trend Overall Voltage Report 22 9 Trend Intertier Report String View gt View Reports Trend Intertier To c
38. Overall Voltage 7 4 2004 High Cell Voltage JV Low Cell Voltage JV High Temperature Selected Dates See JW Low Temperature 77472004 IV High Resistance JV High Intertier Resistance kW Digital Input JV High Float Current JV High Intercell Resistance IV Discharge JV UPS Low Voltage JV UPS Line Fail for A Cancel Figure 89 Historical Alarm Selection 21 14 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 13 Alarm Acknowledge String View gt View alarm SS or View Alarm then Acknowledge alarm x If the alarm acknowledge options are selected on Setup SystemlReporting and SetuplBatterylGeneral the Acknowledge Alarm button appears on the Current Alarm screen and to indicate an alarm event the String Status screen displays Acknowledge in the String Status column You may acknowledge alarms three ways 1 Press the alarm reset button on the MPM or BDS monitor or 2 On the Current Alarm screen click the Acknowledge Alarm button or 3 On the String Status screen right click the mouse and click Acknowledge Alarm on the pop up menu 21 14 Discharge Data String View gt View load test or View Load test String View gt View discharge B or View Discharge Click Load Test MPM only or Discharge to display the All Load Tests or All Discharges screens which list records of load tests or discharges for the connected string View Load Test lists discharges detected by user programmed tes
39. Points field Auto Send Time Check this box to have the time of day sent from the computer to the hardware during autopolling and data extraction Time Difference Hours This spin box lets you compensate for any plus or minus time difference between the computer and hardware installation locations When the computer sends the time of day to the hardware either during autopolling or Check Settings upload the time is automatically adjusted Alarm Button If Sequential Ack is selected on the System Setup Reporting dialog box select Acknowledge so the monitor notifies the computer that acknowledgement was sent and received This stops sequential calling but does not reset the alarm Select Reset if Sequential is not selected Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 2 Battery Setup Parameters BDS String View gt Setup Battery Parameters The following appear on the Parameters dialog box For the BDS 40 the OV Enable Cell Voltage selection and Intercell Enabled boxes are not available General il Test Parameters Float Alarms System Discharge Digital Input Digital Output LGS DCM Cells Lan R LS RLLS SS T1 1 40 10 4 4 1 Nm Parameter Enabled Intertier Cell obo FC CH Cell Voltage 12 Volts v Intercell Enabled Charger IT x CEET I Enabled Cable 1 EES Cable 2 ES Cable 1 E Cable 2 ES LS D Load steps per DCM RLS Reads per load step RLLS Reads on last load s
40. Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Send Time Recheck de Upload String Status Alarm Communication Status Poling OH Load amp Temps Password Unchecked Figure 36 Check Settings Parameters MPM Check Settings General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alums Discharge Digtal Input Digtal Qutput Caltyation LGS Setup Figure 37 Check Settings Parameters BDS For BDS setup the system shows information based on string one only 16 2 Check Settings Screens The Check SettingslTest Parameters dialog box for the MPM and BDS is shown below S Check Settings General Parameters Test Parameters Eat Alarms Discharge Digital Input Calibration LGS Setup Historical Log Abiny SS Enable Historical Log Period day 15 15 Enable Enable Restores Tet Pod i Load Test Ability Disable Disable Load Test Period days 0 D Load Test Length minutes 0 0 Historical Log Period time N A N A Resistance Test Period time N A N A Resistance Test Mode Standard Standard Extended Intertier Avg Test N A N A Send Time v Recheck Upload String Status alarm Figure 38 Check Settings Test Parameters MPM BDS Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked 16 3 Check Settings Screens The Check Settings Float Alarms dialog boxes for the MPM and BDS are shown below Check Settings 2 x General Param
41. Settings If using a Service computer refer to the Service computer notes in the same section 20 1 Connecting via Modem Connection WS Confirm SetuplSystemlLink is set for a modem connection On the String Status screen click the string to which you want to connect then click Connection to call the number specified under Setup SystemlLink Upon connection String View displays all real time data If no data appears check the Setup Database Range setting 20 2 Modem Hang Up Connection then Hang up When connecting via modem sometimes you may want to disconnect before the BMDM connects to the string To stop modem dial out after clicking Connection click the Hang Up button on String Status or select SetuplHang Up NOTE If the BMDM connects and String View appears closing the String View screen disconnects the modem 20 3 Connecting via Network Connection WS Confirm SetuplSystemlLink is set for a network connection On String Status click the string to which you want to connect then click Connection to connect to the IP address specified under Setup SystemlLink Upon connection String View displays all real time data If no data appears check the Setup Database Range setting 20 4 Connecting via RS 232 Local Port Connection SI Confirm SetuplSystemlLink is set for a direct connection On String Status click the string to which you want to connect then click Connection If the site has been set up String View di
42. Setup Battery Parameters 27 10 Communication Error BDS String View gt Diagnostics DCM Comm Error When communication integrity between the BDS and DCM fails the Error Counts for the associated DCM increments and String Status on the String View screen indicates DCM Comm Error Error Counts can reach 255 before rolling back to zero Check DCM Address area Click Start to check the DCM address Using groups of flashes the DCM Status LED indicates the string and DCM address for that DCM The first series of flashes indicates the string ID For example one flash means string 1 five flashes string 5 After a pause a second series of flashes indicates the DCM ID within that string After another pause two rapid flashes indicate the end of the cycle which then starts over CI zx Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Pott Memory Contacts Intertier f DCM Communication Error DCM DCM 1 168 Clear Comm Error Counts E Clear Check DCM Address o Start Communication Status Polling System Status Figure 132 Diagnostics Communication Error BDS Clear Comm Error Counts area Click Clear to reset the Error Counts values to zero 27 9 BDS Diagnostics 27 11 Resistance Testing Multiple DCM Units String View gt Cell Resistance or Intercell Resistance tab gt Diagnostics R Test in a DCM A BDS resistance test checks all the DCM units connected to the BDS To test a speci
43. String Status screen each assigned a priority For example if conditions Alarm and Warning exist when the monitor calls it reports Alarm because Alarm has higher priority than Warning However Warning is not lost When you acknowledge and reset Alarm the Warning status appears on disconnect Priority Status Meaning 1 Acknowledge When acknowledge function is enabled indicates an event has occurred that must be acknowledged either through the program or by pressing the reset button 2 Names do not match Location battery or strings names do not match between the hardware and database 3 Names need to be set up Location battery or strings names are not programmed into the hardware 4 DCM Com Error Communication error between DCM and BDS Controller 5 Discharging The battery is in discharge 6 Unknown The system has not yet been called New string entry T Discharge Occurred Battery discharge occurred 8 Alarm A battery parameter violated an alarm threshold 9 Warning A resistance reading violated a warning threshold 10 Alarm Disabled Alarm Disabled in Battery Setup 11 Good System within normal parameters also appears on Historical Events screen Viewing Battery and Monitor Status Monitor Status The Monitor Status column can report ten conditions which do not have priority ratings assigned Status Meaning Invalid Data Data received from the monitor was corrupted Check Hardware Monitor reported a hardware
44. Temperature Format Select a temperature format Do not change format after setting up the system Stored temperatures will not convert between F Fahrenheit and C Centigrade or Celsius String Status Display area Selecting Display String ID Display Customer Display Location Name or Display Battery Name displays these columns on the String Status screen Selecting Preferences String View Network Grouping area When connected to a string a drop down list at the top of the screen shows the name of the string being displayed On Preferences clicking IP Address Customer Location Battery or Modem telephone number filters the list by these parameters The default filter is IP Address These filters are active for network connection only Default Status View area Select an option button to have the default String Status screen display Battery Status Location Status or Customer Status at program start Disable Alarm Reporting Select to globally disable all alarm report functions This selection overrides alarm settings on Setup SystemlReporting which apply to specific strings Hide Alarm Reporting Window Select to stop the report alarm box from popping up Detail Executive Report Enable Only appears on a Central computer Select to automatically generate daily executive reports which are saved in PDF format at Program Files Alber MPM Manager Web String Summary or System Summary These reports are viewed when connecting via
45. This name is in addition to names in a group contact list Contact List To contact a group of people from a contact list select the check box and choose a group contact name from the drop down list Members of the group will be contacted based on the Contact List Mode The Contact List Mode area has the following selections All Upon an alarm event contact all names in the contact list whether on duty or off First Available Upon an event contact the first name on duty in the contact list No further action is taken All Available Upon an event contact all names on duty in the contact list No further action is taken Sequential Ack Upon an event contact the first name on duty in the contact list and wait a preset time for acknowledgement If none is received contact the next available person in the list and wait for acknowledge Continue and repeat the sequence until acknowledgement is received or until the list is gone through one time Note You must select Acknowledge in the Alarm Button area on Setup Battery General Wait Time Click the box and type a time in hours and minutes that the program waits before calling the next person when Sequential Ack is selected 14 10 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Include Warnings Memory Full and Inactive Select these check boxes to contact and require acknowledgement when these events occur and Sequential Ack is selected If not selected event notice is sent only o
46. Value Bed adjacent to the Load Step ot Test Curent field DI Cornua Le D Press the space ba to actrvale the Kei den Type the DMM mading in m ivads in the Measutnd Valun field and piesa Erter v Send Batory Setup 7 Alter ten seconds the tent stops Confirm the test has stopped by vergeet the DMM indicates 0 Or Nowe 8 The Commresqoreng Assad mi calculate whether the measured vake is m m specicaton lor accuracy 2d A D courts II found to be out of speciied limits recalkesion i achieved by clicking the Taf button newt to ov Check Semngs thre Measured Va ei 3 Altes the test remove the shunt and snocemect the land cabile Isade v Serial Numbers Parameter Test Current Status Turn koad on Pei Mai a jontor Va Dt SI zg A check cei vortage aeomeint eaagrd Value Monitor Vos AJD Courts Specdication Test Curert lt DCM 1 gt a CG ko k sf Check Overall Voltage EH Ti l WE 7 v Base Osta Cell Voltage v Check Temperature v Check Discharge Current y Check Test Current A Base Data Cell R Report Space Bar toggles load on off Enter measured value after load is off String Ratus Calibrating Communication Status Response OK Figure 152 Check Test Current Comm Asst Click the Check Test Current button Before running this test verify that all the voltages across the load wires are correct Failure to do this may result in severe damage to the load module Select a load step from the Load Step spin box Press the lt Spac
47. Windows XP 150Mb of hard disk space for program installation 1Gb of space for data storage CD drive A typical MPM system requires these manuals Battery Monitor Data Manager User s Guide 4200 004 this book MPM 100 Installation Instructions 4200 034 MPM 100 BDS 256 and BDS 40 Monitors Product Description Guide 4200 039 MPM 100 Commissioning Procedure with Acceptance Test Report 4200 036 optional UPS uninterruptible power supply manufacturer s instruction manual if a UPS is used A typical BDS system requires these manuals Battery Monitor Data Manager User s Guide 4200 004 this book BDS 256 Battery Diagnostic System with BDS Controller Installation Instructions 4200 028 or BDS 40 Battery Diagnostic System Installation Instructions 4200 045 MPM 100 BDS 256 and BDS 40 Monitors Product Description Guide 4200 039 BDS 256 Commissioning Procedure with Acceptance Test Report 4200 009 optional or BDS 40 Commissioning Procedure with Acceptance Test Report 4200 057 optional UPS uninterruptible power supply manufacturer s instruction manual if a UPS is used with the system BDS Quick Start Cards 4200 026 optional 2 1 String Status Screen Buttons 3 String Status Screen Buttons This page describes buttons on the String Status screen which appears when the BMDM Battery Monitor Data Manager program starts Each button name or function is listed in the index for ready reference Set
48. a Tabular report which is the same as a standard report but in a spreadsheet format with Cells vs Time Click Cell Graph to create a report that includes a cell graph Click Cell Detail to create a report that includes cell detail Click OV I Graph to create a report that includes Overall Voltage and Load Current graphs The Discharge Dates columns list the Start Date Time Duration Lowest OV OV 30 and ACV 30 of all discharges The Lowest OV column lists the lowest value reached during discharge OV 30 lists the overall voltage 30 seconds into discharge and ACV 30 lists the average cell voltage 30 seconds into discharge Click the discharge for which the report will be generated Only one discharge date may be selected for a report Cell Detail area To manually select cells to include in the report click the cells in the list or click All to select all items If Auto Select is selected cells that violate thresholds are already selected To clear all selected items click None If more than one subdirectory of cell data is available tabs for each subdirectory appear above the list of cell names 22 11 Alarm Report String View gt View Reports Alarm To create an Alarm report click Alarm The Alarms Setup box appears Options selected on Alarms Setup are saved by the battery name IT Include String Memos Preview Alarm Types M High Overall Voltage M Low Overall Voltage W High Intertier Resistance IT High Ce
49. a report 21 16 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status Cell Detail area To manually select cells to include in the report click the cells in the list or click All to select all items If Auto Select is selected cells that violate thresholds are already selected To clear all selected items click None If more than one subdirectory of cell data is available tabs for each subdirectory appear above the list of cell names After all options are selected click the Preview button to create a report and display it on the Preview screen Refer to Using the Preview Screens Adjust the Replay Speed slider to have a replay run faster or slower You may do this while the replay is in process l l Start Stop Get String View gt Start resistance test or Stop resistance test or Get test results Stan Stop Get If ViewlLoad Test was selected to start a load test and capture new readings click Start After the Test in Progress message disappears the Get button becomes active Click Get to retrieve the readings and transfer them to the computer To stop the test before completion click Stop If ViewlDischarge was selected to retrieve new discharge readings click Get to display the readings and transfer them to the computer You cannot start a discharge test from this screen Options selected on the All Discharge screen are saved by the battery name After selecting a discharge from the list by clicking it you can perform two types of a
50. a rr Poe R G Hoh Dice Curen o zm aor m E anG High Cell Voltage Warning 14 400 3 000 Cell Resistance Alarm Levels Percentage for Warning 99 ER ITEMS IN DATABASE j IN MONITOR Intertier Resistance Alarm Level of BDS 300 Send Time W Recheck String Status Wem Figure 40 Check Settings Float Alarms BDS Upload Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked 16 4 Check Settings Screens General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Dutput Calibration LGS Setup DEM HE A al gt IN DATABASE IN MONITOR ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Rese Romie Float Alaims GB Enable Latch Report Critical Maint Latch Report Critical Maint High Cell Voltage 14500 2 300 E FE F E Vols ni Low CalVotane j 2w e e r o A E High Overall Voltage 553 0 150 0 E E E E i et ie ie Lou Overall Voltage 538 6 120 0 E E FR E sf Int fet is ioeaz Jk e PF RP FP ror fe Low Temperature Im en PF Pr P ade a Cell Resistance Jam Seebdon E FT E POETER See below See below Vv Vv L E E fa is SICH Po rr E EE DES 400 S rr e SE Fgh Ocha Cwen o zn eh aa avai ed 14 400 3 000 Cell Resistance Alarm Levels 93 93 Intertier 2 Intertier 3 Send Time w Recheck String Status wem Figure 41 Check Settings Float Alarms BDS Upload Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked 16 5 Ch
51. all discharges eseseeeeseeeseeeeeese 21 16 on discharge ei 22 11 TAP telephone number 14 11 technician detail summary report 24 3 technician detail summary rpt ein 24 1 technician detail summary rpt s u screen E 24 1 technician report discharges area screen aN ro es Pe ee share cot et ccee tet See oe 24 2 telco mux enable disable button on battery s u general BDS 18 3 telephone 2 0 ee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees See phone temperature format area ON preferences eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 11 1 test button on email ei 13 1 test email 13 2 test email ecreen eee eeereneeee 13 2 test parameters battery s u PDS 18 9 battery slu MPM A 17 5 check settmgs AA 16 3 t p battery s u screen BDS 18 9 t p battery s u screen MPM 17 5 t p check settings screen 16 3 lekt CUUOR hoes cece es het RO 4 6 thermal runaway battery s u BD 18 14 thermal runaway battery s u screen PDS 18 14 Thermal Runaway cece eee eseereeeeeee 18 14 threshold column on cell resistance alarm levels BDS 18 11 on cell resistance alarm levels MPM 17 7 threshold deviation area ON SUMMATY SU 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 time sending using check setting 16 1 t button on all discharges 21 16 t button on discharge si 22 10 t difference spin box on battery s u general BDS
52. automatic or manual for computers using an Access database Status is never deleted using Extract Extraction defined Extraction is the process of having the BMDM program connect to a BDS or MPM monitor and transferring float resistance discharge and alarm data from monitor memory to the BMDM database Depending on computer type extraction may copy or copy then remove the data from the monitor Refer to the table in this chapter Manual Extraction After BMDM to MPM or BDS connection you may initiate manual extraction by clicking of any of these buttons View Resistance View Intercell View Current Historical Alarms View Discharge Extract All and History You may also start manual extraction by clicking the Extract All Data button or the Extract Data pop up menu item when enabled Auto Extraction Enabled by checking the Auto Extract Data box on Communication Setup With auto extraction data transfers from the monitor to the BMDM database one time a day at 10PM for a Local computer or at 12 midnight for a Central computer 7 1 Practical Theory Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup 7 3 Polling and Extraction Notes Auto Polling via Modem with a Central Computer Central computer autopolling via modem is available once a day at midnight Select Modem on Setup SystemlLink set Polling to Enable on SetuplSystemlLink and do not check the Disable Auto Polling Auto Answering box on SetuplCommunication Modem connection do
53. battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 d duration field on string status 21 7 d Tepla Yoses ieo seien 21 18 d replay button 21 18 d replay screen 21 18 d selections area on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 d setup area ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 2 d time column ON SUMMALY Su 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 2 dala sine Heh eerste Eeer ege 21 15 record 9 1 9 2 LEET 22 10 s u screen 22 10 display d battery name ck box on preferences 11 1 d customer name ck box on preferences elects awe hue ite fies sete ta tea enh tae 11 1 d location name ck box on preferences esha stan ee 11 1 d string ID ck box on preferences 11 1 duration column ON all discharges s 21 16 ON discharge sei 22 11 duration field on summarm sseeeeeseeeees 21 21 ee memory MM 9 1 26 6 eeprom button on memory diagnostics MPM 26 6 email address field on contact information eee 14 13 email alarm event ck box on contact information cee 14 13 on system s u reporting ee 14 10 email report button 29 15 TEE 13 1 email setup screen 5 4 13 1 empty database 4 4 enable ck box on battery s u digital output BDS 18 19 on battery s u digital output MPM 17 12 on battery s u discharge BDG 18 16 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 end field for
54. calculate the number of resistance records available use the formula 1600 bytes Number of cells x 2 10 For a string of 24 cells there is enough memory for 27 records Historical Data With 1 65kb of nonvolatile memory available historical readings of cell voltage temperature overall voltage and current are taken at intervals set under Battery Setup To calculate the number of historical records available use the formula 1650 bytes Number of cells x 2 18 For a string of 24 cells there is enough memory for 25 records 9 1 Practical Theory Understanding How Data is Stored 9 2 Data Storage in the BDS Data in the BDS is stored in nonvolatile SRAM memory which retains about nine month s worth of typical data Collected data is stored until transferred to the Central or Local computer This same memory stores setup and calibration data which is backed up to the Central or Local computer during initial setup this process is called synchronizing Flash nonvolatile memory stores uploads of new BDS firmware You can upgrade the firmware on site or remotely The BDS stores these kinds of data Alarms 100 records that show when a parameter went into alarm and left alarm and maximum alarm level Older records in memory are overwritten with more recent events Older records uploaded to a computer are not overwritten Discharge 160kb of nonvolatile memory are allocated for discharge data Memory size and the
55. ccesccceseseeeenteeeeesetneeees 4 1 ck box on preferences eee 11 1 save save archive button on preview 23 2 SAVE AS selection eseese 21 1 save button on select database range 19 1 save history record button 21 10 Save agent button 0 ee eeeeeeteeteteeteerees 29 4 save and connect button 29 2 Save report button 29 15 scan button on indicator diagnostics BDS 27 6 on indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 schedule area on contact information 14 13 select database range n 19 1 DCM aneren i 27 10 s computer type screen 4 2 4 3 4 5 s contact area on contacts diagnostics BDS 27 8 on contacts diagnostics MPM 26 7 s database range screen 19 1 s DCM screen 27 10 s historical alarms button 21 14 s indicator area on indicator diagnostics BDS 27 6 on indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 load module area on load module diagnostics BDS 27 3 on load module diagnostics MPM 26 3 n s number of modems screen 5 2 s printer screen 5 4 s serial port screen 5 1 selected dates button on historical alarm selection 21 14 selected types button on historical alarm selection 21 14 self test diagnostics Bis 27 1 self test diagnostics BDS screen 27 1 self test diagnostics ADM 26 2 self test diagnostics MPM screen 26 2 send s battery s u button BD
56. contacts for proper connection To open Alarm Contacts Diagnostics select Contacts Under Select Contact click a contact or alarm button then click On You can confirm contact operation by verifying a device connected to the contacts turns on and off I ax Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Memory Intertier Comm Error M Select Contact Contact 1 C Contact 2 Contact 3 Contact 4 C Contact 5 Contact 6 C Contact 7 Contact 8 Critical Alarm Maintenance Alarm Q On Communication Status Response OK Figure 130 Diagnostics Alarm Contacts BDS 27 9 Intertier BDS String View gt Diagnostics Intertier The Intertier diagnostic monitors the signal on each intertier input Use this diagnostic for verifying the calibration of these input channels or troubleshooting To open Intertier Diagnostics select Intertier ER Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Memory Contact Intertet Intertier Voltage mvolts Intertier 1 Cell 10 5 833 Intertier 2 Cell 20 Intertier 3 Cell 30 Figure 131 Diagnostics Intertier BDS 27 8 BDS Diagnostics Intertier Voltage mvolts This column indicates the voltages being sent This screen displays up to 15 intertiers for the BDS and is used to confirm calibration accuracy The cell number is the lower of the two cell numbers across which the intertier is connected selected on BDS
57. database range 6 19 1 ending date on summarm eee 21 21 ending time On SUMMATY eee 21 21 entire db button 19 1 entire string ck box on cell memo 21 22 equipment Owner SCreen eee 29 5 error 102 message ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 2 error button on indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 ertor Coces er 30 1 error counts column on comm error diagnostics BDG 27 9 error LED on ADM 26 1 ESMTP area on email ei 13 1 executive summary report creating 24 1 24 3 existing system ignore button 29 2 expansion ports on MDM eee 26 8 export history 0 ee eeseeecseeeeeeneeaeereneene 21 11 EXPOrt resistance 21 11 extended intertier avg test ck box on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 10 external contacts s0 00e00e 17 11 18 18 external RAM status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 extract all data button 21 4 extract all Menu item 0 0 0 eee 21 10 extract data by set time ON communication ei 12 2 extract data menu Wem 21 4 extract history menu Hem 21 10 extract time field on system s u link 14 8 extracting using a Central computer 7 2 extraction deine 7 1 F1 key for bein 4 7 REENEN eA ee 21 1 facility monitor 00 0 eect eeteteetteeeees 6 3 fax alarm event ck box on contact information 00 e00000 14 13 on system s u reportmg eee 14 10
58. discharge time remaining based on user entered data Discharge Duration indicates the time that has elapsed since the start of the discharge IMPORTANT NOTE The TTG Time to Go is only an estimate When in discharge mode if a cell goes negative the respective bar on the bar graph is displayed in black Viewing Battery and Monitor Status The String Status box on the bottom left of the String View screen can report nine conditions Priority Status Meaning 1 DCM Com Error Communication error between DCM and BDS Controller 2 Discharging The battery entered a discharge 3 R Test in Progress Resistance test in progress 4 Calibration in Progress 5 Check Hardware Monitor reported a hardware failure The items checked are described in Diagnostics Self Test 6 Discharge Occurred 7 Alarm A battery parameter violated an alarm threshold 8 Warning A resistance reading violated a warning threshold 9 Good System is within normal parameters 21 8 Cell Resistance and Intercell Resistance String View Screens String View gt Cell resistance or Intercell resistance You may automatically read internal cell resistance and intercell resistance by setting a timer under SetuplBatterylTest Parameters or you may start the test from the Cell Resistance screen The BMDM reads cell and intercell resistance at the same time The Intercell Resistance tab BDS only appears after the BMDM performs a resistance test An intercell reading option is
59. existing names 15 2 CMS her sis sei Seta eee 29 15 29 16 code space on self test diagnostics BDS 27 1 column sorting 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 3 21 5 com port field on communication s u 12 1 commissioning agent screen 29 4 COMMISSIONING assistant 1cceeeeeeseeeeeeee 29 1 emailing a report sesser 29 16 open comm assistant screens 29 3 pre power check ei 29 2 printing a report 29 16 save and connect button 29 2 welcome screen 29 1 communication c error diagnostics screen 27 9 c setup screen 12 1 error diagnostics ecceeceeeceesteeseeeetees 27 9 TT EE 12 1 computer tyYpeS cece esecneecneeeaee 4 5 Gett see aes ee 6 1 changing ee 4 6 LOCA ee ee 6 2 D EE 6 3 CONFIGS MPM le 4 6 configuration wizord tet etteteee 5 5 configure station ccccecceesceeseeteeeteentetnneenes 5 1 connection button eo TRL 18 1 for the MM 17 1 modem to a location 20 1 network to a location 0 0 0 ccc 20 1 RS 232 to a location 20 1 contact c ck box on system s u reporting 14 10 c field on system s u reporting 14 10 c Information 14 12 c information screen 14 12 contact list adding names s 14 14 c l ck box on system s u reporting 14 10 c l field on system s u contact list 14 11 c l field on system s u reporting 14 10 c l mode area on system s u reporting 14 10 GJ egstem Sl nanenane
60. fax number field on contact Information 14 13 fax report alarm event uu ee eeeeeeeeneeeees 21 4 FC float current on DCM on battery s u parameters BDG 18 8 firmware upgrade ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 28 1 o the ease Eee 27 7 on the MM 26 6 firmware version on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 first available button on system s u reporting eee 14 10 flash memory DIS 9 2 27 7 flash memory button on memory diagnostics MPM 26 6 flash memory MM 9 1 26 6 flash memory status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 float alarms battery slu BDS o oo 18 10 battery slu MPM A 17 6 battery s u screen BDG 18 10 battery s u screen MP 17 6 check SettiNgS A 16 4 check settings screen BDS 16 4 16 5 check settings screen MPM 16 4 f a area on battery s u float alarms BDS E 18 10 f a area on battery s u float alarms MPM Gate 17 6 float charging current probe FCCP 17 4 float current area on battery s u parameters MPM 17 4 float current multiplier field on battery s u general BDS 2 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 force all strings direct connection ck box ON COMMUNICATION ei 12 2 from address field on email ei 13 1 from domain field on email ei 13 1 from name field on email ei 13
61. in Problem Discharge Thresholds described later to the Central computer Disable If selected stops the MPM from reporting a discharge Deviation Storage Thresholds Area Log Threshold for Cell Voltage Log Threshold for OV Overall Voltage and Log Threshold for Current When the voltage or current changes by the amounts in these boxes the event is recorded For most applications use 10mv for cell voltage 100mv for overall voltage and 1 amp for discharge current Smaller values could cause monitor memory problems Do not set these values to 0 If set to 0 no data will be logged during discharge Refer to Data Storage in the MPM Problem Discharge Thresholds Area Low Cell Voltage Low Overall Voltage and Maximum Discharge Time Select the voltage or time levels that trigger discharge reporting To enable these values select Report Problem Discharge Only on this screen This setting also affects the bar graph colors on the Cell Voltage String View screen During a discharge the bars change color Normal Gondition sca ceisc ch dieessatleetlentedadaqacti ct sietedistabedsagaanheinted SE Green Problem Discharge Thresholds or Low Cell Vohtage Yellow Time to Go Area The String View screen can display a Time to Go TTG number When an MPM discharge starts the TTG box on String View indicates the estimated remaining time that the battery can deliver power To disable this feature leave the Amp Hours and Peukert Number boxes a
62. its documentation will be as defined in Clause 51 227 19 c 2 of the FAR RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 4 REGULATORY INFORMATION Type of Service The MPM Series and the BDS Series equipment is designed to be used on standard device telephone lines It connects to the telephone line by means of a standard jack called the USOC RJ11C or USOC FJ45S Connection to telephone company provided coin service central office implemented systems is prohibited Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Telephone Company Procedures The goal of the telephone company is to provide you with the best service it can To do this it may occasionally be necessary for the company to make changes in its equipment operations or procedures If these changes might affect your service or the operation of your equipment the telephone company will give you notice in writing to allow you to make any changes necessary to maintain uninterrupted service In certain circumstances it may be necessary for the telephone company to request information from you concerning the equipment that you have connected to your telephone line Upon request of the telephone company provide the FCC registration number and the ringer equivalence number REN both of these i
63. measured Intercell Enabled Select this box if making separate measurements for intercells Not available for BDS 40 Charger IT Select the enabled check box if using the Charger IT option This area allows you to select and assign a cable to a DCM and intertier channel The Cable 1 is the first DCM and the Cable 1 is the last DCM Note When intercells are enabled they are defaulted to discrete Each cable will have up to four intertier channels for example e lt DCM I gt lt IT 1 gt e lt DCM 1 gt lt IT 2 gt e lt DCM 1 gt lt IT 3 gt e lt DCM 1 gt lt IT 4 gt Note On combined reading board the intertier channel number will always start the first available channel past the cells Intertier Cell For intertiers 1 to 15 in use assign a cell number that relates to each intertier Note When cell 1 is most negative when assigning an intertier to a cell use the cell number after the intertier The cell number is the lower of the two cell numbers across which the intertier is connected For example typing 16 assigns the intertier between cells 16 and 17 Each DCM can monitor up to ten intertiers No more than 15 intertiers can be monitored for the entire string Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 3 Battery Setup Test Parameters BDS String View gt Setup Battery Test Parameters The following appear on the Test Parameters dialog box Battery Setup 8 ka Float Alarms System Discharge
64. name N C or N O Select the N C box if the external contacts are normally closed Select the N O box if the external contacts are normally open Report Selecting this check box lets the monitor report a digital input alarm When not selected reporting is disabled for that input 17 11 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM 17 7 Battery Setup Digital Output MPM String View gt Setup Battery Digital Output The MPM has three optional relay contact control outputs you can define to trigger on an alarm event Battery Setup General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output us Enable Latch Iw Iv Output Name Trigger Name BG Discharge lr Discharge Curent al Output 2 High CellVoltage High Cell Voltage sl Output 3 Low cell Voltage LowCellVokage gt Output 4 High Overall Voltage High Overall Voltage gt Output 5 High CellVoltage High Cell otage Output 6 High Cell Voltage High Cell otage sl Output 7 High CellVoltage High Cell Voltage zl Output 8 High Cell otage High Cell Voltage r dd dd ol ult String Status Good Communication Status Polling System Status Password OK Figure 58 Battery Setup Digital Output MPM After defining an Output Name and Trigger Name the associated digital output can change state on an alarm to control a user selected device If you select Latch the output latches The relay is a Form C conta
65. of temperatures ck box on battery s u parameters MPM 17 4 numeric button on contact information 14 13 on system S U reporting 14 9 numerical pager Code 14 9 offline status viewing e eeeeeeeeeeeesesesese 21 1 on 24 hours ck box on contact information 14 13 open archive button on preview 23 2 open backup Selection cece 21 1 open commissioning assistant screen 29 3 open history record button 21 10 outgoing mail server field on email s u 13 1 output name field on battery s u digital output BDS 18 19 on battery s u digital output MPM 17 12 OV overall volts on DCM on battery s u parameters BDS 18 8 OV deviation button ON all discharges A 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 10 OV I graph ck box on all discharges A 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 OV 30 column on all discharges cceseseneeeeeenee 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 overall voltage button on curve option 21 20 override preset thresholds button On all discharges ce ceseseseeeeeees 21 16 on detail cell resistance ai 22 3 on detail cell voltage S U oo eee 22 1 on detail intercell resistance s u 22 4 ON discharge ei 22 10 on trend cell resistance si 22 6 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 on trend overall voltage ei 22 8 page on alarm ck box on contact information cee 14 13 on system S U reportimg eee 14 9 page report alarm even
66. or View Cell Memo To create a cell memo click a bar on the graph to change it to gray then right click the bar On the pop up menu click Cell Memo On the Cell Memo dialog box click the New button and type the data and memo To have the installation date model and serial number apply to all cells in the string select Entire String To save the memo click Save If Entire String was checked when you select Cell Memo and click New for another cell the installation date model number and serial number appear To determine which cells have cell memos assigned press the F5 key Cell bars with memos assigned display in blue String View gt View String Memo To create a string memo click String Memo On the String Memo dialog box type a global memo that applies to the entire string To save the memo click Save To import a string memo into the Central computer database that was entered into the monitor using a Service computer on the String Memo dialog box select FilelImport This removes the memo from monitor memory mix ix Eile Edit Eile Edit pee D S Author Author 9 15 2004 Jack 10 5 2003 Jack 10 7 2003 10 9 2003 Installation D 3 1 2004 installation Date 7 26 2004 9 5 2004 Model Number 1949 Serial Number 1226 IV Entire String Memo Memo This is a memo Communication Status Unknown A Communication Status Unknown Figure 95 Cell Memo and String Memo 21 22 Using the Report Generat
67. product nor shall Alb rcorp be liable for the cost of retrieving or replacing lost or corrupted data Alb rcorp s sole and exclusive liability for any and all losses and damages arising out of any cause whatsoever shall in no event exceed the purchase price of the software product purchased NO LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Alb rcorp shall not in any case be liable for any damages including special incidental indirect exemplary collateral or consequential arising from breach of warranty breach of contract negligence or under any other legal theory arising from the warranty herein stated or the purchase of product including without limitation loss of profits use or goodwill Some states and countries do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages therefore the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary state to state and country to country 2 SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT THIS IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT PLEASE READ BEFORE INSTALLING SOFTWARE Any use of this media other than to review this Software License Agreement constitutes your acceptance of and agreement with the terms of this Software License Agreement with respect to the Alb rcorp Software If you do not accept and agree to these terms you must return the full product with proof of purchase to Alb rcorp within thirty 30 days for a full
68. refund Installation or use of this software product constitutes your acceptance of and agreement with the terms of this Software License Agreement LICENSORS All software on this media is licensed to you by Alb rcorp GRANT OF LICENSE You are granted the right to use the Alb rcorp Software on a single personal computer You may copy the software to use with this personal computer to any one hard disk drive of this personal computer and to the memory of this personal computer provided that you reproduce all copyright and trademark notices restricted rights legends and other proprietary markings RESTRICTIONS You may not sublicense rent or lease the Alb rcorp Software You may not reverse engineer decompile disassemble modify translate or create derivative works of the Software LIMITED WARRANTIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The limited warranties and limitation of liability in Section 1 of this file apply to are incorporated in and are made a part of this Software License Agreement EXPORT LAW ASSURANCES You acknowledge and agree that the Software is subject to restrictions and controls imposed by the United States Export Administration Act the Act and the regulations thereunder You agree and certify that neither the Software nor any direct product thereof is being or will be acquired shipped transferred or exported directly or indirectly into any country or used for any purpose except as authorized by the Act and the re
69. remove a time from the Discharge Time list click the time to highlight it then click Delete For a description of the items in Discharges in the report refer to Using the Web Report Generator 22 13 Using the Preview Screens 23 Using the Preview Screens Previously described Setup screen gt Preview After all report parameters are selected to view the report on a report preview screen click Preview To change the size of the page display click Page Width or Full To view different pages click the first previous next or last page arrows on the toolbar F Detail Cell Voltage Report KE Print 14 A D D Sse ctnel Pagelwiah Fun Open Archive Detail Cell Voltage Report Customer Information Customer ALBERCORP Address Contact Name pat labiendo Dept Engineering Phone Number Fax Number 997 5588 Email pat lab alber com Location BOCA RATON LAB Addrove eee We ee Si Sange Figure 108 Preview Typical Screen The Discharge Report preview screen is different from the other preview screens This screen has tabs along the top that let you select different sections of the report These tabs are labeled Battery Info Cell Summary Standard Cell Detail Tabular Cell Graph and OV I Graph Z pischarge report hh Xt J Print current MI AI NN save archive Page width Fun Open Archive Battery Info Cell Summary Standard Cell Detail Tabular Cell Graph OVA Graph Discharge Rep
70. string name on the String Status screen to display a pop up menu Click Strings in Alarm Strings in Discharge or Strings in Inactive to display a list of the selected category The Strings in Alarm screen is shown below The cane alana Strings in Inactive and Strings in Discharge screens are similar Figure 75 String Status Viewing Selection Deenen EE Shag an Sting St J Mowat Stake liga Dabs D STRING 3 Alarm Active 3 19 2004 10 21 35 AM 3 19 2004 10 21 56 AM Active 3 18 2004 1 21 04 PM x Close Figure 76 Strings in Alarm Viewing Battery and Monitor Status String Status gt Extract all data or String Status gt Right click a string name Extract data The Extract All Data button and the Extract Data item on the pop up menu are enabled if Auto Extract Data is selected and Disable Auto Polling Auto Answering is not selected on Setupl Communication The Extract All Data button polls all strings listed on the screen Extract Data polls only the string highlighted In both cases the BMDM gets the string status and alarm events and extracts the voltage float data resistance data and discharge data String Status gt Call all modem strings el or String Status gt Right click a string name Get String Status The Call All Modem Strings button and the Get String Status item on the pop up menu are enabled if any string is connected via modem and Auto Extract Data is selected and Disable Auto Polling Auto
71. that a qualified technician check MPM or BDS monitor calibration annually Perform calibration using a computer directly connected via the RS 232 port The Calibration dialog box displays all the parameters the unit monitors To display this screen select Setup Calibration from the String View screen Calibration 21x Temperature 2 msm Scan fi Close Measurement Point Measured Value A D Counts IT omg hk volts 2068 0 0 Hy volts aao 24244 amps BE S myolts IT og ziell myolts T oair 0 heh mamps P H4 mvolts Calibration Factor RIES eme emmer eer ees weer oam Coen SIE Communication Status Response OK Figure 113 Calibration Setup MPM The BDS Calibration dialog box differs slightly It has arrows to select other DCM s and does not have a Test Current cell selector Overall Voltage and Intercell Volt are not available for the BDS 40 Calibration CH 2 x oome 2 al E Cel Votage Sting 3 al 43 all 0 000 242421 vots 1559 Intertier Volt String E A cell 2i Temperature 1 E Send Edit FL Close IT mvolts sete Calibration Factor Fee RI Tome Femme Tome Femme eme Tee Femme Communication Status Command ACK Figure 114 Calibration Setup BDS 25 1 Calibration There are four columns on the Calibration dialog box Measurement Point Measured Value A D Counts and Calibration Factor Measurement Point Allows selection of input channel
72. to select a resistance test 14 days away from a historical log entry Period days and Period time Either select how often the resistance test is performed or select the day of the month and time the test is performed 18 9 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Standard or Average Normally select Standard If the charger employs digital control of battery voltage which causes voltage fluctuation select Average Extended Intertier Avg Test If this box is checked when a resistance test is performed the intertier resistance is sampled a greater number of times and the result is averaged This feature is useful when testing in high noise environments Average Cell Resistance This field displays the average value of the last resistance test run Resistance offset adjustment This field allows you to adjust your resistance measurements by percentage with a plus or minus offset adjustment This function only applies to future resistance tests that are rerun You may enable or disable this function at anytime during the process by clicking on the Enabled checkbox 18 4 Battery Setup Float Alarms BDS String View gt Setup Battery Float Alarms The following appear on the Float Alarms dialog box General Parameters Test Parameter i J System Discharge Digital Input Digital Dutput LGS Remote ei Latch Reporting Critical Maintenance Iw L Iw Float Alarms lt I volts 14 500 volts 13
73. 01497650 0 01509094 Discharge Current Calibration Factor 0 11454773 0 11500931 Base Data CellR interier Calibration Factor Jugen 0 10526276 Temperature 1 Calibration Factor 1121 79 5 111378 0 Report Temperature 2 Calibration Factor 1250 2642 6 0674 70 0 Temperature 3 Calibration Factor 0000 1438 6 0000 2621 4 Temperature 4 Calibration Factor 0000 1438 6 0000 2621 4 Temperature 5 Calibration Factor 0000 1438 6 0000 2621 4 Temperature 6 Caibration Factor 0000 1438 6 65535 2621 4 Send Time W Recheck Upload calibration factors String Status Discharge Occurred Communication Status Response OK Figure 143 Check Settings Comm Asst Click the Check Settings button Confirm the values then click Yes to upload the calibration constants from the monitor to the database If you click Recheck the screen refreshes NOTE Only the calibration constants are uploaded 29 7 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 6 Serial Numbers Screen Commissioning Commissioning Agent Retrieve sana numbers from the morator Equipment Owner Contre Later Bees Notes Send Battery Setup Check Settings Sanal Numbers Check Cell Voltage Hardware Model Number Senal Number Firmware Version Monitor MPM 100 ENG DI Check Overall Voltage Base Data Coll vonage Check Float Current Check Ternperature Check Discharge Current Check Test Current v v v v v v v check intartior Ee Ke wi Y yY yY Base D
74. 1 FW reset counter on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 gateway field on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 ON system S U link seese 14 8 general battery slu PDS 18 2 battery slu MPM A 17 2 battery s u screen PDS 18 2 battery s u screen MN 17 2 general check settings ce eeeseeeeeeee 16 1 general check settings screen 16 1 get button ON load eet 21 17 ON SUING view 21 9 get current alarms button 21 13 get current historical alarms button 21 13 get string status menu item n se00000 21 4 global alarm disabling 0 0 0 0 eee 11 2 global button on battery s u float alarms BDGS 18 11 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 6 graph scale Control 21 12 graph scaling area on all discharges A 21 16 on detail cell voltage ei 22 2 ON discharge ei 22 10 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 on trend overall voltage si 22 8 hang UP button 2 eceeeteeeeneeeeeeneesees 20 1 help screens 2 0 eeeeeseeeenseceeeeateaeeeeeteneerenee 4 7 hi threshold s s s See high threshold hide alarm reporting window ck box ON preferences eeeeseeenseteeeeneeeeerenes 11 2 high cell voltage warning field on battery s u float alarms BDG 18 12 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 7 high threshold field on detail cell voltage S U n se 22 1 on detail intercell resistance ei
75. 1 1 21 1 Opening and Saving a Database AA 21 1 21 2 e 21 2 21 3 Report Alarm Event Screens spesies esisin eive ere ner non eeror te erei voreres i 21 4 21 4 UD EE 21 5 21 5 Historical Byents SCreeM sirpin fee ssndvscespnscevveslsosecstpse lecctecetensdonipsleckuosecedyer Enee Seso ESPES REESEN 21 5 21 6 Strine AE 21 6 21 7 Cell Voltage String View Screen utesi eias einh ee apee deg bg SNES EnS 21 7 21 8 Cell Resistance and Intercell Resistance String View Screens esssesssesssesrssrssrrsrresrrssees 21 8 21 9 Historical Graphs sos ses oo su eeaeee e mera paree esa E e a devs ebleoetesened EES pe ARES SEEE S EEEREN SESS 21 10 21 10 Cel Voltage BO ie ie degererde emetin eneee eea pes eei n Neo Eder deed e 21 11 35 R NNEN Kn WEE 21 11 LI Alarm Data eepe peinp euroopa ae cused esevddy seeds omnes hes ee eSEE n Noes ARa ara SEESE Ehen 21 12 213 Alatm Acknowledge eree eoe eeens iaeoe ee o EAKAS eNe ke R EES ERE TESSERE Seen 21 15 A E RRE 21 15 21 14 1 Discharge Replay esse sects csesssesvcttpsvessssnsasoetissessietaceesehsseeabesteeastees sous O EEEE AEETIS SEEE 21 18 21 14 2 Discharge EE 21 19 21 14 3 SUMMALY EE 21 21 21 15 Cell Memo String Mem ue jsesvesustasceescetbsescevegeeatasterasoeess 21 22 22 USNGTHE REPORT GENERATOR EENS EENS 22 1 22 1 Detall Cell Voltage Report aerie ereere rareta e aaa tstasschinsvenesce NEESS EE 22 1 22 2 Detail Cell Resistance Report sesscsssicsceescessccssctegeusedsteszscsbtseesseese
76. 1 15 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status The BDS and MPM All Discharges screens are similar except the MPM screen has the MPM Current to Include in Report selection The ViewlLoad Test and ViewlDischarge screens are the same except ViewlLoad Test has the Start Stop and Get buttons available Report Interval area Click Time or OV Deviation and type a value in the box The Report Interval determines the frequency of report sampling If Time is selected replay time advances in increments measured against real time For example if 00 10 is entered playback advances 10 seconds every second If Overall Voltage is selected playback advances each time the voltage changes For example if 0 1 is entered playback advances each time a 100mv deviation in overall voltage occurs Specify time in hours minutes and seconds 10 second minimum or OV overall voltage deviation in volts 0 2 volt minimum Click Use Preset Thresholds to use values set in the BMDM program when the test was run Click Override Preset Thresholds to ignore BMDM thresholds then type values in the Low Cell Threshold and Low OV Threshold boxes to identify cells that exceed critical levels Any measurement below these values will be in violation Graph Scaling area Click Auto to default to automatic graph scaling or click Manual and type the Max and Min graph scale values Use Manual scaling when you want to maintain scaling to make it easier to compare several graphs Sele
77. 12 i resistance arez eee eceteeteeteereeees 17 4 i resistance ck box on battery s u parameters MPM 17 4 i resistance input level button on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 12 i voltage column oni diagnostics BD 27 9 oni diagnostics MM 26 8 intertier column on battery s u parameters BDS 18 8 oni diagnostics BD 27 9 oni diagnostics MM 26 8 intertier column on cell resistance alarm levels BDS 18 11 on cell resistance alarm levels MPM 17 7 IP address IP address field on system s u link 14 8 on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 ON preferences oo eee esseseeeeneeeeeeeeees 11 2 J3 J7 expansion ports on MM 26 8 last time period button 19 1 latch ck box on battery s u digital output BDS 18 19 on battery s u digital output MPM 17 12 on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 12 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 8 LED diagnostics for the BDS o oo 27 6 for the MP 26 5 for the MPM screen 26 5 level field on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 LGS battery s u BDS cccccecccectenteeteeeeeeees 18 20 battery slu MPM oossoo 17 13 LGS battery s u screen BDS 18 20 LGS battery s u screen MPM 17 13 LGS c
78. 22 4 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 on trend overall voltage ei 22 8 historical alarin Sinared 21 13 events and remote reporting 17 8 18 13 graphs on string vie 21 10 W LEE 21 13 h alarm screen 21 14 h alarm selection eee 21 14 h alarm selection screen 21 14 b events 21 5 h events button 21 5 h events screen 21 5 h log area on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 number of record 9 1 9 2 hits column on executive summary report24 2 HW reset counter on self test diagnostics BDG 27 2 inactive ck box on system s u reporting14 11 include i cell memos ck box on all discharges n se 21 16 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 i ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 on tech detail summ report s u 24 1 24 2 i corrective action notes ck box ON SUMMALY sl 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 2 customer info ck box ON SUMMALY sl 22 12 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 discharge report ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 2 location info ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 12 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 monitor status ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 12 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 power ck box On all discharges s s 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 10 i probable cause ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 probable cause notes ck box on tech detail summ
79. 27 9 DCM n Cells n n button 27 10 default database cccceccceecetetesetneeteeeeeees 4 4 default PASSWOTE AA 4 4 default status view on preferences 11 2 delay field on contact Information 14 13 on system s u reporting eee 14 10 delete button on contact list S U occ eeeeeeeeeees 14 11 ON system ei 14 1 detail cell resistance S U cccccccccecceeteeeees 22 3 detail cell resistance setup screen 22 3 detail cell voltage ein 22 1 detail cell voltage s u screen 22 1 detail executive report enable ck box ON Drelerencesg ee ceceeeeeeeeeeteeeeneeeeees 11 2 detail intercell resistance S U ccc0cc000 22 4 deviation storage thresholds area on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 diagnostics BDS diagnostics 1 0ccecceetesseesteeseeeees 27 1 COMMUNICATION errOr o oo 27 9 communication error screen 27 9 contacts Bn 27 8 contacts BDS ecreen 27 8 contacts MPM uc cccccccccccecsescscececeeeenteneees 26 7 contacts MPM screen 26 7 digital port BDS 0 ccccscsceesesseeeetetneeees 27 6 digital port BDS screen 27 6 digital port MPM o o 26 5 digital port MPM screen 26 5 DIP switch BDS 00 n00aaaaananananaaaa0naane 27 5 DIP switch BDS screen 27 5 DIP switch MPM 00 ccccccccccccccssecesseeenees 26 4 DIP switch MPM screen 26 4 indicator MP 26 5 27 6 indicator MPM screen
80. 7 5 thermal runaway BDS 18 14 thermal runaway screen BDS 18 14 setup for the BUS 18 1 setup for the MP 17 1 status viewing o oo 21 1 battery setup PASSWOIC n sierens mena 4 4 black bar oraph eee eeeeseeeeseeecneeteereneens 21 7 BMDM installing the program 1 c ccccecceee 4 1 new system ei 14 1 BMDM opening screen 4 1 Ga lbraiton nnne e 25 1 c BDS check settings screen 16 9 c BDS screen 25 1 c MPM check settings screen 16 9 c MPM screen 25 1 c check settmgs ce eeeeeeesereeeeeeneees 16 9 c factor column on calibration 25 2 call all modem strings button 21 4 capture readings 00 0 eeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeeeeees 21 9 cell c detail area On all discharges s e 21 17 ON discharge ei 22 11 c detail ck box on all discharges eee 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 c graph ck box on all discharges cesses 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 c manufacturer field On system S U SFIN 14 7 C memo E 21 22 c MEMO menu Hem 21 22 C MEMO screen 21 22 c memos ck box on discharge s u 22 10 c model field on system s u string 14 7 CORE RAY AY 11 re 21 8 c resistance screen 21 8 c resistance tab on string view 21 8 21 9 G H 21 7 c voltage box 21 11 c voltage box on string vie 21 11 c voltage button on curve option 21 20 c voltage field on battery s u parameters BDS 18 8 c voltage screen 21 7 ce
81. Alarm Event V Sound Alarm IT Contact X IV Contact List e Contact List Mode C All Ze Sequential Ack Include Je Warmings First Available Wait Time 00 15 V Memory Full C All Available HH MM IT Inactive Figure 30 System Setup Reporting Page On Alarm Select to display the Page Report Alarm Event box on error and send alarm notification to a pager Click a button for the kind of pager being used numeric or alphanumeric With a numeric pager a six digit code is sent Digit 1 Report Type 1 Discharge 2 Alarm 3 Warning Digits 2 to 6 String ID For example to report an alarm in String ID 1 the pager would display 200001 An alphanumeric pager displays the location battery and string names and alarm detail Access Telephone Number Type the pager phone number if numeric or the modem ID number if alphanumeric If using an alphanumeric pager use an access number that has a TAPI interface that communicates using a modem instead of voice For example SkyPage s access number is 800 759 6366 This can also be the TAPI phone number for cellular phones if the cell phone supports text messaging Pager PIN Number Type the pager private ID PIN number if needed or the cell phone number if using text messaging 14 9 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Delay Seconds If using a numeric pager type the delay in seconds before the numeric message is sent Fax Alarm Event Select to displ
82. Battery Monitor Data Manager User s Guide Alber 3103 No Andrews Ave Ext Pompano Beach FL 33064 Tel 954 623 6660 Fax 954 623 6671 www alber com 4200 004 Rev 6 12 1 WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY LIMITED WARRANTY Alb rcorp warrants that the software product will perform in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety 90 days from the date of receipt Some states and jurisdictions do not allow limitations on duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation may not apply to you To the extent allowed by applicable law implied warranties on the software product if any are limited to ninety 90 days CUSTOMER REMEDIES Alb rcorp s entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at Alb rcorp s option either return of the price paid or replacement of the software product that is returned to Alb rcorp with proof of purchase This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the software product has resulted from accident abuse or misapplication Any replacement software product will be warranted for the remainder of the original period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer Alb rcorp shall not be liable for any data or programs stored in or used in conjunction with this software product Without prejudice to the foregoing generality Alb rcorp shall not be liable for the loss or corruption of data or programs stored in or used in conjunction with this or any other software
83. C Auto Max 0 Manual Min Io Report Output C Text C Graph Both Figure 97 Detail Cell Resistance Setup The items on the Detail Cell Resistance Setup box are the same as those on the Detail Cell Voltage Setup box refer to Detail Cell Voltage Report with the following exceptions To ignore BMDM thresholds click Override Preset Thresholds In the Baseline box type the resistance in microhms In the Above Baseline box type the percentage above which a measurement will be in violation For example if the baseline resistance is 300 microhms and the percentage is 10 any data above 330 microhms violates threshold Select Show Average Trend to generate a graph that shows the average resistance of all the cells in the string for each date selected 22 3 Using the Report Generator 22 3 Detail Intercell Resistance Report String View gt View Reports Detail Intercell Resistance To create a Detail Intercell Resistance report click Intercell Resistance The Detail Intercell Resistance Setup box appears Detail Intercell Resistance Setup 2 x Setup Preview Data Sets All None Delete C Use Preset Thresholds Override Preset Thresholds High 40 000 String 11x40x12 5 3 2006 04 20 00 p JV Show Average Trend 95 5 2006 02 41 40 p M 7 27 2006 03 36 26 p IV Auto Include all Data Sets 7 27 2006 04 41 11 p JV Include String Memos 97 27 2006 04 57 57 p IV Include Cell Memos Graph Scaling
84. Cell Voltage Check Temperature w Check Discharge Current V Check Test Current x Base Data Cell R Report String Status Discharge Occurred Communication Status Response OK Figure 149 Check Float Current Comm Asst Click the Check Float Current button Type the float current value in the Measured Value field then press lt Enter gt If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed H the measured value fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button 29 10 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 12 Check Temperature Screen nial 1 Wih the lemperatiae probe Fe SOTAR ot equvalerd measure the lemperatiae of the lemperahae Commissioning Agent pls bare BUCS rech mane 2 Click the Temmoecanure 1 Mesnued Value held pment H 2 Type the reading from the temperature probe and goess Enler E Continue Later EE 1 li there are additonal temperature sensors connected to the MPM use the probe to measure the E Continue Later temperature sensor connected at Temperatiae 2 3 d etc of the MPM being calibrated Send Bamery Setup D Chek thal Tee geg ere Mesoured Va leid D gaer Type the racing ftom the temperature probe and Sens Enter _ Bron 7 Contine tening fot the remaining temperature sentors Check Semngs Serial Numbers Parameter Temperature 1 Status Enter Temperature Check Cell Voltage Pararnete Measured Value MondtorVahe A D
85. Courts Specticabon Status Temperature 1 ei 25 Cal 735 am 1106 Adegree Passed Check Overall Voltage Base Data Cell Voltage Check Temperature Check Discharge Current Check Test Current Base Data Cell R O String Status Calibrating Communication Status Response Ce Figure 150 Check Temperature Comm Asst Click the Check Temperature button Type the ambient temperature value in the Measured Value field If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed If the measured value fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button 29 4 13 Check Discharge Current Screen Commissioning String 1 Hardware String Number slave id 1 Commissioning Agent Calteaing Using a Curent Transduce CT a 1 Disconnect the l Green ard White fork terminals from the terminal strip on the CT Al Msc 2 Usno the CT cravang veely supply volage at the CT connectsx 15 Red 15 Black VOC Dis CAUTION The cumert taraduces may be damaged the supply vohage corrections me inconect DI Contre Later 3 Connect the mack source to the d andthe 41 Grid conrector pint of the cunerk traniduces hamers ae v Connect postive to d arxi r galrve to 4 S 4 Connect the DMM to the milivok source output Notes D Adel the ebe source urii the DMM reads 100 On Send Battery Setup 6 8 The Comerssrorang d le wiele the rescued value comelates with t
86. Current v Dase Data Cep Report String Ratus Discharge Ocourred Communication Status Poling Cel 1 okege Figure 145 Check Cell Voltage Comm Asst Click the Check Cell Voltage button Measure the voltage across the cell indicated type the value in the Measured Value field then press lt Enter gt If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed If it fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button Note that if there is a more convenient cell to measure you may change the Cell Number to any cell within the DCM 29 8 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 8 Check Overall Voltage Screen Commissioning 1 Click the Ovesall Voltage Measured Value field Commissioning Agent V 2 Mesire the overall battery vokage with the DMM by meanuring hom the mort postive cell to the moit regire cell Type the DMM trading ond press Erte Equipment Owner 3 The Commissioning Suter wil calculate whather the mestured value it within specification for accuracy EI Corie tates and A D courts Il bound to be od of peched imis recabbiabon i acheved by chchang the Caf buton ret to the Measured Vakar field Send Battery Setup Notes Check Settings Serial Numbers Parameter Overall Voitaca Status Enter Overall Voltage A Courts Spectication 1 25V Passed Cheek Cell Voltage Overall Voltage Cheek Overall voltage Base Data Cell Volla
87. Current 3 lal In E Call 0 4 T Curent 4 P oH cas os P oH cas os Float Current P Io H Celltt 0 M Current 1 E o Celltt 0 M Current 2 E o0 Cel 0 Current 3 Current 4 Number of Temperatures 1 CG Esm b s String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 52 Battery Setup Parameters MPM Discharge Current You can define up to four discharge current channels but only one current channel per string is allowed If the configuration is one string then only one current channel may be used Only Current 1 can trigger the recording of a discharge if Current Mode is selected on Setup Battery Discharge Intertier Resistance The MPM can monitor up to four strings If selecting an Intertier Resistance option at String type the number of the string that contains the intertier At Cell type the number of the cell that is before the intertier The intertier resistance must be selected in numerical order Number of Temperatures You may select up to eight probes to monitor ambient or electrolyte temperature Float Current The MPM can monitor up to four float current values displayed on the Cell Voltage screen Set the value in the High Float Current field on Setup Batteryl Float Alarms Actual current that exceeds set value appears in red on the Cell Voltage screen and causes an alarm The float charging current probe FCCP may take 25 minutes to stabilize after a power cha
88. DS 18 2 on battery s u general MPM 17 2 on system s u baten 14 4 b status viewing occ ceeceesteetteeteteeteeeteees 21 1 b system SHU oossoo 14 4 b system setup screen 14 4 changing name 14 1 locations Connection 20 1 setup digital input BDS 1 0 18 18 digital input MPM o oo 17 11 digital input screen BDS 18 18 digital input screen MPM 17 11 digital output BDS 18 19 digital output MPM o oo 17 12 digital output screen BDS 18 19 digital output screen MPM 17 12 discharge BDS ccccccceceesceeseees 18 16 discharge AMDPM 17 9 discharge screen BDS 18 16 discharge screen MPM 17 9 float alarms BDS 0ccccccccecceseees 18 10 float alarms MP 17 6 float alarms screen BDS 18 10 float alarms screen MPM 17 6 general Bis 18 2 general MPM o oo 17 2 general screen BDS 18 2 general screen MPM 17 2 LES BDS koprene neige e 18 20 LGS MPM deiere dee Seed 17 13 LGS screen BD 18 20 LGS screen MPM 0 000000000000000 17 13 parameters BDS eee 18 4 parameters MPM l 17 4 parameters screen BDG 18 4 parameters screen MPM 17 4 test parameters BDS 0 eee 18 9 test parameters MM 17 5 test parameters screen BDG 18 9 test parameters screen MPM 1
89. ING UP A NEW MPM OR BDS Seet EEN a EA 14 1 14 1 System Setup General Notes senunni a usetenuiiaeenteneer sed iesbeeeseesees 14 1 14 2 System Setup TEE 14 2 14 3 System Setlip LOCA On EE 14 3 14 4 System Setup Battery inn a Auber aien ts eee eto aiiee nett lets 14 4 14 5 System Set pS DELLES 14 6 14 6 System Setup LAK isvwecschcsdigesseneints a Aub a R ts ieee eto N leaeeseeenss 14 7 14 7 System Setup TEE 14 9 14 7 1 Using a Cell Phone for Text Messaging 0 cece eee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceseesaecsaecsaecseecaessaeeaes 14 11 14 8 System Setup Contact List se0cs ase shcassseescbates sheessevvheysdes chebenesvebeveachechsgpebedseedcbeasesnpunesven ss 14 11 14 9 System Setup Password si CERN SEENEN EES sedi EE EEE ES E eSt 14 14 15 SYNCHRONIZING USING CHECK SETTINGS ccccscsssesscsssesesseesesseceseseceeessesesssessesesssesseessesesesesseeess 15 1 15 1 Connecting With a Service Computer 15 3 16 CHECK SETTINGS REENEN Eege EENEG 16 1 16 1 Check Settings Screens in Controller 0 0 0 eee eecceecesecesecesecnsecssecseecaeeeeeseeseseeeeseneenaees 16 11 II PROGRAMMING BATTERY SETUP FOR THE MPM An 17 1 17 1 Battery Setup General MPM csiis eiieeii ane ir k eerie 17 2 17 2 Battery Setup Parameters MPM 17 4 17 3 Battery Setup Test Parameters OMDPM ce ceceeeeeseeeeceseceeseesecesecaecsaecnaecseecneeeaeeeneseneees 17 5 17 4 Battery Setup Float Alarms MPM uu cece csecseeeeeeeeeeseeescesecnsecseceaec
90. M Port at Direct Connection Modem Select if the monitor connects to the computer via modem In Phone Number type the phone number of the monitor that the Central computer calls the number to which the monitor is connected On SetuplCommunication define the COM Port at Modem Connection 14 7 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Network Select if the monitor connects to the computer via network Complete IP Address Network Port Netmask and Gateway below IP Address Type the IP address of the monitor The IP Address is specific to the monitor MPM or BDS Controller it is not the IP address of the computer running the BMDM program Network Port In this box type 502 The TCP IP address is used when you click Send Network Configuration on the Setup BatterylGeneral dialog box Netmask and Gateway Type the monitor subnetmask number Type the default gateway number used by the monitor If using a local LAN the gateway number can be left blank To transfer the IP netmask and gateway addresses to the MPM or BDS click Send Network Configuration on Setup BatterylGeneral This button is active and addresses can only be transferred when connected via RS 232 or modem not network Polling Enable or Disable These buttons allow polling on a per string basis to avoid receiving error messages when a system is off line Select Enable to request monitor and battery status every 24 hours During polling if Auto Extract Data is sele
91. MS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Pompano Beach FL Location 1 BDS 256 1X40X12V String 1 6 4 2008 2 30 1899 12 58 26 00 00 00 Enable Disable Disable Disable 126 55 1 46 26 55 1 46 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 S i 1 Send Time W Recheck String Status Alarm Figure 35 Check Settings General MPM BDS Upload Communication Status Polling System Status Password Unchecked Note When you click Upload on Check Settings the Location Name Battery Name and String Name in the monitor do not overwrite the names in the computer database However when a Central computer is used to download to the monitor these three names are overwritten in the monitor when Send is clicked on Battery Setup 16 1 Check Settings Screens The Check Settings Parameters dialog boxes for the MPM and BDS are shown below Check Settings als General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Calibration ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Discharge Current 1 Option Selected Selected Discharge Current 2 Option Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Selected Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Katzen H 1 Sting 1 Cl 17 Sting 1 Cell 12 Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Intertier R 5 Option Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not Selected Not
92. Module 10 Communication Status Response OK Figure 124 Diagnostics Load Module Test Current BDS Under Select Load Module select a load module then click Load On To stop the test click Load Off Click the arrows to select other DCM units 27 3 BDS Diagnostics To run the diagnostic that can confirm the direction of the current transducer CT click the CT Polarity tab on the dialog box Select the DCM for the desired load module Diagnostics Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Memory Contacts Comm Error r Select Load Module Load Module 1 C Load Module 2 Load Module 3 Load Module 4 Load Module 5 Load Module 6 Load Module 7 Load Module 8 Load Module 9 Load Module 10 DCM 1 Test Current CT Polarity Positive Communication Status Polling System Status Figure 125 Diagnostics Load Module CT Polarity BDS Under Select Load Module select a load module then click Load On When the test finishes the dialog box indicates Correct if the CT is oriented in the proper direction If Incorrect is displayed reverse the direction of the CT and perform the test again to confirm proper orientation 27 4 BDS Diagnostics 27 4 DIP Switch BDS String View gt Diagnostics DIP Switch The DIP Switch diagnostic confirms each position of the DIP switches inside the BDS and DCM This diagnostic allows remote checking o
93. PC will use for remote reporting est Outgoing mail server SMTP smtp mail alber com From Name Battery Monitor From Email Address name alber com From Domain alber com Email Authenticatiorr J7 My out going server requires authentication Account faccount name Password Ee TI Disable Email wi OK x Cancel Figure 15 Configure Station Email Setup If sending alarms via e mail complete this dialog box Refer to Setting Up an Email Account Select Printer H sl Printer Name IESSEN Properties Type HP Color 8550 PCL5c Where Page Range Copies Current Page C Pages J vw Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 All Number of copies 1 vV Collate Print fal pages in range v Cancel Figure 16 Configure Station Select Printer If sending alarms to a printer this dialog box appears which is also under FilelPrinter Setup The key item to select is the default printer F Set Temperature Format Exi t emperature Format C Centigrade Select how to display temperature x Cancel Figure 17 Configure Station Set Temperature This box always appears Select how temperatures will be displayed either in degrees Fahrenheit or Centigrade Using Configure Station I x I monitoring your batteries If you select no you can restart this wizard by right Would you like to run the setup
94. PM ENEE ed Eeer 26 3 26 4 DIE Switch MPM eoe lato stee is E a E E ENEE ceva hued eaten 26 4 26 5 Indicator MPM Je tn eine a eae EECH 26 5 26 6 Digital Port MPM eet Eed eee Eed 26 5 26 7 Memory MPM Jr inen ti EE EE EE ENEE EEEE E E EEE A E E E R 26 6 26 8 Cona e M PM enee ee es ee EL 26 7 26 9 Interier MEM ees deeg 26 8 2T B DS DIAGNOSTICS A e E E S A A A E E 27 1 27 1 Rebooting and Power Up Diagnostics BD 27 1 27 2 Self Test BDS n ovscereiciise ath eed hen eed donee a el eels 27 1 27 3 Load Module BDS EE 27 3 27 4 DIP SWitCh BDS EE 27 5 2735 Indicator BDS aies ores aerea a eE EE A EEE EEEN EE E EEEE EEE ESY 27 6 27 6 Digital Port BDS TEE 27 6 2158 Memory B SSEN 27 7 27 8 Gontacts B DNA A Ee 27 8 27 9 Interner BIDS iespieda pe a e ea e See ete Ee cesses deed 27 8 27 10 Communication Error BD 27 9 27 11 Resistance Testing Multiple DCM Une 27 10 28 UPGRADES EE 28 1 29 COMMISSIONING ASSISTANT evsssecssvssnsescvovseessesspesgevedssost cavers covsvvevsdsbugsdesvevhestaghividestyehestesctetevetexteres 29 1 29 1 Starting the Assistant for a New String oo ee cece cseecreeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeesecaecnaecsaeesaeeneeeaes 29 1 29 2 Monitor Pre Power Check Last cccc ccvcssecsdecsvecodheovasedens sevavnessdusunniedsoutesttesipeddevechentecttedesevedylesss 29 2 29 3 Starting the Assistant for an Existing ng 29 3 29 4 Completing the Commissioning Assistant 29 4 29 4 1 Commissioning Agent SCreen
95. Password Active to disable it If the password is incorrect the System Setup boxes appear but New Save and Delete are inactive You can have different Battery Setup and System Setup passwords Refer to Default Passwords The first time the String Status screen appears no status information exists As you add new systems they are listed with Unknown status To set up a new system select Setup System click New on the Customer dialog box and complete the System Setup boxes Systems previously set up are listed on String Status When you click Setup System the name highlighted in the list appears in the Customer dialog box Click New to add a new system new customer CAUTION If you fail to click the New button you will overwrite the previously saved customer information The New button on the Location Battery and String boxes adds a new location under an existing customer a new battery under an existing location or a new string under an existing battery To change names or information for an existing system use the Setup System dialog boxes If BMDM and monitor location battery or string names do not match connection fails and an error message appears Blank spaces or hyphens can affect a name During system setup if you close before completing and saving the Customer Location Battery and String details the names will not appear on String Status To resume editing click Setup System select the Customer Location Battery or
96. Please make changes with AlwaysUp Base Filtering Engine The Base Filtering Engine BFE is a service that manages Started Automatic Local Service BitLocker Drive Encryption Service BDESYC hosts the BitLocker Drive Encryption service BitL Manual Local System _ Block Level Backup Engine Service The WBENGINE service is used by Windows Backup to pe Manual Local System Bluetooth Service Handles installation and removal of Bluetooth devices Started Automatic Local System Bluetooth Support Service The Bluetooth service supports discovery and association Manual Local Service Did Data Manager Service Disabled Local System managed by A This application is being managed by 4 he R Automatic S Bonjour Service Enables hardware devices and software services to auto Disabled Local System BranchCache This service caches network content from peers on the lo Manual Network 5 BX Enterprise Watchdog Ensures the HAL Device drivers for Battery Explorer Ente Automatic Local System 3 C Windows system32 CBA pds exe Intel PDS Started Automatic Local System _ Certificate Propagation Copies user certificates and root certificates From smart c Started Automatic Local System Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Agent Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Agent For Windows Started Automatic Local System CNG Key Isolation The CNG key isolation service is hosted in the LSA proces Started Manual Local System COM Cuank
97. S 0 18 1 s battery s u button MDM 17 1 s email to area on system s u reporting LEE 14 10 s fax to area on system s u reporting 14 10 s network config button on battery s u general 15 2 on battery s u general BDG 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 s time button on check settings 15 1 send battery setup screen 29 7 sequential ack button on system s u reporting 14 10 serial numbers in comm aset 29 8 service computer button on select computer type 4 5 changing to 0 ceeccesccesecesecneeneeeeeeeseenseeeseees 4 6 connection 00 cece cccccesssececececesusntsceeees 8 3 15 3 defined nori cca sexieeks bien easton Seed 6 3 COTIMING PE dascuieg T 4 5 set set BDS default values button on battery s u general BDS 18 3 set dial prefix screen 5 2 set modem port screen 0 00000 5 2 set station phone number screen 5 3 set temperature format screen 5 4 Setting Up A NEW gefemmt 14 1 setup check settings 16 1 setup name on summary Si 22 12 show s all alarm events button 21 4 s average trend ck box on detail cell resistance S u 22 3 on detail cell voltage ei 22 2 on trend cell resistance s u 22 6 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 s percent ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 status screen ck box on preferences 11 2 Wd
98. S Set Dial Prefix Set Dial Prefix Polling Answer Port fi Answer Port Enter any dialing prefix es required for an outside phone line e g 9 Commas add delay after the numbers are dialed X Cancel Figure 11 Configure Station Set Dial Prefix If communicating via modem select the dialing prefix For more details refer to Setting Communications Using Configure Station Set Station Phone Number 3 2 xj Set Station Phone Number Station Phone Number 899 9999 Enter the phone number the monitor dials to connect to this PC sx X coroa Figure 12 Configure Station Set Station Phone Number If communicating via modem type the telephone number of the computer the MPM or BDS monitor calls when a system goes into alarm or discharge Remote Reporting 3 X Will this PC be used for remote reporting faxing paging printing and emailing any alarm events C No X Cancel Figure 13 Configure Station Remote Reporting To set up parameters for automatic alarm notification using fax page email or print click Yes Remote Reporting xi Select All Remote Reporting Types IV Faxing Paging V Emailing Figure 14 Configure Station Remote Reporting Types Select the methods by which alarms will be reported 5 3 Using Configure Station Email Setup Enter the email account that this
99. SSE i 4 6 E CES RE 4 7 4 10 alie oa nS et 4 7 Dix USING CONFIGURE STATION eet E AE E seh R A A ER 5 1 5 1 BMDM Configuration Wizard seeessseseseeesseesesesesesesreerssrerrssestenresteetesrerteseerrnestenesteeteserersse 5 5 6 UNDERSTANDING COMPUTER TYPES AN 6 1 6 Central Computer ann etek Sih el A A Pe ee i ed N 6 1 6 2 Local Computer ett ees GE 6 2 EE 6 3 6 4 o Facility Memor Ger Ee DEES A el a ee i el hth Re Re E 6 3 7 UNDERSTANDING POLLING EXTRACTION AND BACKUP 7 1 Tl Types of LEE 7 1 Zi Extraction of Datas ainei a E E E EA E E ENA 7 1 7 3 Polling and Extraction Notes 7 2 7 4 Automatic and Manual Backup 7 2 8 UNDERSTANDING SYSTEM INSTALLATION s s sesesssssssstsesrtststresressstssesesteresesseseststentsensnsenenernesensesenete 8 1 8 1 Connecting Using a Local Computer 8 1 8 2 Connecting Using a Central Computer 8 2 8 3 Connecting Using a Service Computer 8 3 9 UNDERSTANDING HOW DATA IS ropp 9 1 9 1 Data Storage m the MEN cescocusscasverecerovtibevtusrarnte a e N Save utente E E EEE 9 1 92 Data Storage m the BD ee eEeEEEE seks Sa Heeb ee EEN 9 2 10 UNDERSTANDING THE TIME TO GO ALOGORITHM 10 1 11 SELECTING PREFERENCES 203 gege Eege hees ege stews eutesnteruacaneacessnds pebabevtvesouniees 11 1 12 SETTING COMMUNICATIONS eege dees SNE See See 12 1 12 1 Determining the USB COM Pont 12 2 13 SETTING UP AN EMAIL ACCOUNT genien eaea nE S ENS N 13 1 13 1 Testings Ce 13 2 14 SETT
100. Settings Screens The Check Settings Digital Output dialog boxes for the MPM and BDS 256 are shown below The Digital Output tab and dialog box disappear if a BDS 40 is selected S Check Settings 2 x General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration LGS Setup IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Trigger Name Enable Latch Trigger Name Enable Latch opt TT TC RG JC IC opt2 TE TC ie os ic opts TT TC H E Send Time W Recheck den Upload String Status Discharging Communication Status Polling Status Password Unchecked Figure 45 Check Settings Digital Output MPM Check Settings 2ls General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Trigger Name String H Enable Latch Trigger Name String H Enable Latch Output 1 fe fe ja fe Output 2 Output 3 SY Output 4 o o j Output 5 IT Output 6 i CY Output 7 It Output 8 TE Te oi pl fl Pr fl E m a IA a a a et Send Time W Recheck den Upload i cose String Status Alarm Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked Figure 46 Check Settings Digital Output BDS 256 For BDS setup the system shows information based on string one only 16 8 Check Settings Screens The Check SettingslCalibration dialog boxes for the MPM and BDS are shown below The BDS Calibration di
101. String box and choose the name from the Name drop down list To display the String ID Customer Name Location Name and Battery Name columns on the String Status screen select the boxes on Setup Preferences Depending on which System Setup box is displayed clicking Delete removes all information for the displayed customer location battery or string All associated set up data will be permanently lost 14 1 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 14 2 System Setup Customer String Status gt Setup System Customer Use the Customer dialog box to add new customer details The Customer tab and Customer field names may be changed to another name such as Region by selecting Setup Preferences then typing a new name at Alternate Field Title Customer Location Battery String Link Reporting Contact List Password Customer te zl B New Customer Address 7 Delete Street Address 3103 North Andrews Ave Ext By Save City Pompano Beach State FL ZIP 33064 Customer Contact Name Ir Department Ir Phone Number 3546236660 Ext IT FAX Number 9546236671 00t S S Email Address alber alber com Figure 25 System Setup Customer CAUTION Clicking the Delete button deletes all information for the displayed customer All locations batteries and strings set up for the customer will be lost Customer Name required To add new customer details click New and type the customer name If monitoring only o
102. Type at least two commas after the number for a time delay Leave this box blank if the computer directly connects to an outside line Direct Connection Com Port If you selected the Direct button on System SetuplLink select a COM port If any strings are configured as Direct Connect then select the Com Port number Network Connection Time Out This sets the time allowed for connecting to the network typically 2 seconds 12 1 Setting Communications Disable Auto Polling Auto Answering For computer monitor connection via RS 232 or network not selecting this box enables continuous polling With continuous polling the BMDM polls monitor string status at the time interval set in the Continuous Polling Interval box Refer to Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup for definitions of status and data Extract Latest Resistance Readings enabling this option allows you to view the latest resistance readings when resistance history has previously been extracted by a central computer This allows you to view the latest resistance readings without the central computer database Continuous Polling Interval seconds If Disable Auto Polling Auto Answering is not selected set the time interval that polling occurs The BMDM continually polls monitor string status at this interval typically 15 seconds Auto Extract Data Automatic data extraction removes Central computer or copies Local computer data from monitor memor
103. Up Communication Setup Communication Define ports modems Open Close Back Up Database File selection Open or close a file network timeout Force Show All Alarm Events or back up an Access direct connect Disable Display the Report Alarm database auto polling Event dialog boxes Indi Set Up System een EE is Historical Events Extract All Data or Service Setup System _ View Historical Events Get data from all computer List reported events and the strings in the history of one or all strings system gt ZZ Battery Monitor Data Manager or Central ET sample nw setup for 2vax MDB Active 3 19 2004 10 21 24 AM Active 3 19 2004 10 21 35 AM x 2 E 3 ALBERCORP Polling Site Customer String Communication Status 7dle Connection S mmar Call All Modem Connect to Displays E Summary Report Strings the selected here Create a report for Poll all strings string ings an the entire system attached via modem monitors Hang Up Disconnect This portion of the screen displays communication the modem information polling status connection names and error status String Status screen String Status appears when the BMDM program starts It lists the strings in the database and their last known status String View
104. acity 935 Ah String Name Of MPM Ging String 1 Sing 3 String 2 Stiing3 Sting3 String 4 sting Figure 28 System Setup String MPM shown CAUTION Clicking the Delete button deletes all information for the displayed string name The string name and string data will be lost String Name required Type a name for each MPM or names for each string for a BDS Location battery and string names identify the strings and hardware to which the monitor is connected Note To change the string name after monitor setup use these Setup System dialog boxes If database names do not match names in the monitor an error message appears Note You cannot have two identical string names under the same battery name Selecting different strings changes selections on the Link and Reporting dialog boxes This string name must match the string name in the database of the connecting computer Monitor Configuration required Select a configuration from the drop down list To determine MPM hardware configuration refer to the model number in the chart in MPM Configuration Options 14 6 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Start Cell MPM required Type the first cell number for the first string in the battery being monitored by the MPM String BDS required Up to 16 DCM units can be assigned the same string number and the BDS can control up to eight strings Type the string number of the DCM units to which the i
105. age the database Only a Central computer updates the time when passing midnight A Central computer can do the following Set alarm parameters and test intervals Collect data manually or automatically which permanently removes the data from monitor memory Report string and monitor status automatically Upon an alarm occurrence page personnel fax or email a report and sound an alarm Control more than 1000 monitors from a remote location not on site Assign location battery and string names when setting up a new system Calibrate a monitor when the Central computer is on site Note You may set up an on site remote off site or notebook computer as Central but there must be only one Central computer polling a monitor A serial multiplexer is required when using more than one monitor with an on site computer Practical Theory Understanding Computer Types 6 2 Local Computer For continuous on site display of battery information use a Local computer You can use a Local computer with a Central computer A Local computer performs most Central computer functions except that only a Central computer can permanently remove data from monitor memory MPM CAUTION The MPM front panel Local Port switch enables the front RS 232 port or optional rear RS 232 port fiber optic port or LAN port The front port is for servicing only When the switch is lit the front port is selected Use the rear port for connecting to a permanent Loc
106. al computer Service computer or on site Central computer Use the front port for using a computer for servicing For example if the MPM is not near the Local computer you may need an on site connection for calibration or troubleshooting BDS CAUTION A BDS front panel switch can disable the rear RS 232 Local port or the fiber optic port Select the Local position to use the front Local port When the switch is lit the front Local port is selected Be sure to select the rear Local port after use to re establish connection to the Local computer The BMDM program on a Local and Central computer is the same except it is set for Local rather than Central to implement special data handling when connected to a monitor Select Local Computer when you want to Connect a computer to a monitor to continuously view monitor and battery status on site A Local computer can do the following Set alarm parameters and test intervals Calibrate a monitor Collect data manually and automatically without permanently removing the data from monitor memory Report string and monitor status automatically Upon an alarm occurrence page personnel fax or email a report and sound an alarm Note When no network is available a serial multiplexer is required when using more than one monitor Practical Theory Understanding Computer Types 6 3 Service Computer The Service computer can be a desktop or notebook computer temporarily connected to a monitor
107. alog box reports the Intercell Calibration Factor in addition to the other factors The arrow buttons let you upload other DCM s S Check Settings General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Calibration Send Time W Recheck Upload 0 00113922 0 02111816 0 01486969 0 11494064 014084625 022435760 0 00095367 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 10203934 ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR String Status Alarm Communication Status Response OK Check Settings Password Unchecked Figure 47 Check Settings Calibration MPM General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration Send Time W Recheck ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR DCM 1 al gt res 0 20451355 0 01016235 0 11325073 0 10416794 0 09578705 0 00059509 0 00000000 0 00000000 Upload D Close ER x String Status Alarm 16 9 Communication Status Polling Cell Voltages 1 Password Unchecked Figure 48 Check Settings Calibration BDS Check Settings Screens The Check SettingsILGS dialog box for the MPM and BDS is shown below Check Settings General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Calibration LGS Setup Call Time 00 00 00 00 00 00 Send Time W Recheck String Status flam Figure 49 Check Set
108. and time the log is updated Resistance Test area Click Enable to activate then complete Period days and Period time described below Specify the resistance test interval in days or date and time If set to 30 days resistance is tested every 30 days starting at 12 00 A M midnight If you program the Load Test for the same interval as the Resistance Test the Resistance Test is delayed three days Period days and Period time Either select how often the resistance test is performed or select the day of the month and time the test is performed 17 5 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM Standard or Average Normally select Standard If the charger employs digital control of battery voltage which causes voltage fluctuation select Average Load Test Specify load test interval in days and length of the load test in minutes Load test activates a relay that shuts down the charger if connected and enables tracking of the discharge If set to 30 load test is done every 30 days starting at 12 00 A M See Resistance Test above 17 4 Battery Setup Float Alarms MPM String View gt Setup Battery Float Alarms The following appear on the Float Alarms dialog box Battery Setup General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input LGS Remote See pie Latch Reporting Enable C Disable High Cell Voltage volts 2 330 CG Iw Vv Low Cell Voltage volts 2 100 ES Iw Vv High O
109. arge Occurred Communication Status Response Ok Figure 142 Send Battery Setup Comm Asst Click the Send Battery Setup button Verify the values displayed on the screen make changes if necessary then click Send to transfer the settings to the monitor Note that event recording is ignored and the system doesn t alarm during commissioning Alarms are disabled until the base resistance thresholds are sent If using string current for discharge detection the minimum value that can be entered is 5 percent of the shunt value 29 4 5 Check Settings Screen Commissioning Calibration factors must be uploaded from the mortar to the databace before parameter calibration is V Commissioning Agent We iy that the IN MONITOR column is populated under the calbreton tab then ciek Yes to upload the monitor s calibration into the database Equipment Owner Send Battery Setup Check Settings Serial Numbers Tal Continue Later DI Notes Check Cell Voltage Base Data Cell Voltage General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration LGS Setup Check Temperature v v v v v Check Overall Voltage v v v E v ITEMS INDATABASE IN MONITOR Cell Voltage Calibration Factor Check Discharge Current Overall Voltage Calibration Factor 0 02100372 0 02096558 GENEE Test Current Calibration Factor 0
110. ary report s u 24 2 status parameters ck box ON SUMMALY Si 22 12 on tech detail summary report s u 24 1 string memos ck box ON alarms ei 22 11 on all discharges eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 21 16 on detail cell voltage ei 22 2 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 on trend intertier ei 22 9 on trend overall voltage s u 22 8 indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 27 6 indicator diagnostics MPM screen 27 6 individual button on battery s u float alarms BDG 18 11 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 6 information for wizard screen 5 5 input alarm level DOX eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 18 12 input level button on battery s u float alarms BDG 18 12 input name field on battery s u digital input BDS 18 18 on battery s u digital input MPM 17 11 installation date field on system s u battery 0 ee eeeeeee 14 4 installation regtfremtenfe seers 8 1 intercell enabled ck box on battery s u parameters BDS 18 8 intercell resistance ccccccccccseeesseceseestsees 21 8 intercell resistance screen 21 9 intercell trend analysis 21 11 intertier diagnostics BDS 1 cccccccsccessetseestetees 27 8 diagnostics MPM ccccccsccecseseeesteeeees 26 8 i diagnostics screen BDG 27 8 i diagnostics screen MPM 26 8 i resistance alarm level fields on input alarm level bon 18
111. as been selected Thresholds will be set to a default of 25 over the base line Cell Resistance gt Intettier Resistance 5 Ze Percentage Above 25 C Absolute Above 25 C Absolute Above 25 Aw Monitor Aver Ke P Intertier 1 Ze Percentage Above EE Gate 50 q 95 ntertier Cerne Intertier 4 0 C Absolute Above 25 Intertier 5 0 Intertier 6 0 Intertier 7 0 OK Cancel Figure 155 Save Base Line and Send Thresholds Data Cell Intertier Inter Cell Resistance Comm Asst Based on a 12 volt cell mode individual threshholds have been selected Note Thresholds will be set to a default of 25 percent over the base line When making changes to the Intertiers click Apply to save the updated values 29 4 17 Report Screen Commissioning String 1 1X40X12 Hardware String Number stave id 1 A DI _Eauinenent owner Save sepat Saves report lies to commissioning better D Contin Later Emad report Saves repart fles to commissioning folder and emads them a2 attachemerts to v PostPower Check data coni uorg outlook NOTE Deh ok yes io any waning generated by D ich ME v Send Battery Setup BR Save sepat O Emal report Check Settings Repat Location CAProgam Filee Vbe MPM Mansge Comnssorng v Check Cell Voltage d Check Overall Voltage String Status Not Commissioned Report Versroe 00 Check Intertior Customer Abe o Location Paren Desch FL Coll Base Data cen v
112. at may be connected to external dry contacts You may set up these inputs to report an alarm when the external contacts are activated An alarm can also activate the critical or maintenance relay on the BDS Not available for BDS 40 Battery Setup i Digital Qutput LGS Input Name Report Critical Maintenance Iv Iv Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 Input 8 Input 9 Input 10 Input 11 Input 12 Input 13 Input 14 Input 15 Input 16 X lt I lt I lt I 0900000009000 4 CEC UCE UCUL UC PCUCH UCE UCEL UCECI m j m ca lco ca dam ca om o a a la a lan Sa 777944 7747444477411 _casend s String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 70 Battery Setup Digital Input BDS 256 Input Name Assign a name to the input connected to the external contacts and indicate if the contacts are normally open or normally closed To disable an input clear the input name NC or N O Select the N C box if the external contacts are normally closed Select the N O box if the external contacts are normally open Report Selecting this check box lets the monitor report a digital input alarm When not selected reporting is disabled for that input Critical and Maintenance Two alarm contacts are available Select Critical or Maintenance to define which contacts energize upon digital input alarm If neither is selected the Report check box clears a
113. ata CHI R Report Upload serial numbers A Upload Communication Status Response OK Figure 144 Serial Numbers Comm Asst Click the Serial Numbers button To upload the serial numbers and firmware revisions from the connected hardware click the Upload button If the data is incorrect click in the field to type the correct data and click the Change button to send the data to the hardware The RTM and ELM serial numbers must be typed in manually 29 4 7 Check Cell Voltage Screen Commissioning sommissioning Agent 1 Inthe Cal Measurement Poir field select the cell number you with to measure This cell mutt be nhn Se connected to the MPM ura you ae calbratng 2 Measure thit cell with the DMM Equipment Owner 3 Check the Measured Vaks leid E ni 3 Type the OMM est ard press Enter C Corrina D The Commesormng Assetert wil cakadate whether the measured value amp vin specication la accuracy v Send Bakery Setup d A D counts I found to be out of specified kmis recalbeation is achieved by cBcking the af button nent to D Nore the Measured Ve heid Check Semngs Serial Numbers Parameter Coll Vollaqe Status Emer Cell Vonage 7 wl check cenvotege Pararem Meansed Vake Mordor Vate A D Counts Speciicabon Staha eet DCM 1 Cell 1 Col 2153 2 153 1991 h N tJmw Passed Check Overam Vonage v Base Data Cell Vonage y Check Temperature S Check Discharge Current Cell Number H Check Test
114. ation Status Polling System Status Figure 148 Base Data Cell Voltage Comm Asst Click the Base Data Cell Voltage button Data on this screen readily identifies wiring problems To save the data click the Save Voltages button The voltage data is saved as the baseline float voltage readings and the baseline voltages appear in the commissioning report 29 4 11 Check Float Current Screen Commissioning E WS E Commissioning Agent 1 Disconnect the float current cable from the float current sensor ol k Eke Z Connect the millivolt source to the float curent cable Positive to float current and negative to float current 1 3 Adjust the milivolt source to 25 0niV Equipment Owner 3 Click the Float Current Measured Value field V Equip 5 Type the value 25 0 and press Enter D Continue Later 6 The Commissioning Assistant wil calculate whether the measured value is within specification for accuracy v Send Battery Setup and A D counts If found to be aut of specified limits recalibration is achieved by clicking the Gef button nest to EI Notes the Measured Value field 7 Reconnect the leads w Check Settings i V Serial Numbers Parameter Float Current Status Enter Float Current w l check cat vonage Parameter Measured Value Monitor Value A D Counts Specification Status Float Current 00 2 RE unchecked w Check Overall Voltage v Check Intertier v Check Float Current v Base Data
115. away Otherwise a value from 1 99F or 1 38C can be entered Note To apply the Thermal Runaway feature you must select a High Float Current mamps value and or a Temperature Delta value If both methods are used then both conditions must be met Although only one parameter can be used it is advised to use both as the float current can be automatically disabled for a period of time following a discharge event In the event a thermal runaway condition occurs during the recharge following a discharge the temperature delta will rise indicating a thermal runaway condition The BDS will now log high float current and or temperature Latch When selected the high float current and temperature Delta alarm stays on until manually reset If not selected the alarm will go off when the high float current or temperature condition clears Reporting When selected the alarm will be reported and an alert will be displayed in the system If not selected the alarm will not be reported when a high float current or temperature alarm occurs on the system Critical Alarm and Maintenance Alarm Two alarm are available for thermal runaway Select Critical or Maintenance Alarm to define which alarm will report and appear in the system If neither alarms are selected alarm reporting is disabled for discharge Battery Temperature and Ambient Temperature DCM Probe These are selections to define where the probes are physically attached to the monitoring hard
116. ay the Fax Report Alarm Event box on error and send alarm notification to a fax machine Check a box to direct the report to the Customer Contact or Location Contact The system dials the fax telephone number on the Customer or Location dialog box Email Alarm Event Select to display the Email Alarm Event box on error and send alarm notification via email Check a box to direct the report to the Customer Contact or Location Contact The system sends to the email address on the Customer or Location dialog box Confirm global Disable Email is not checked on the Email Setup dialog box Print Alarm Event Select to display the Print Report Alarm Event box on error and send alarm notification to a printer To select a default printer at the String Status screen click FilelPrinter Setup If alarms do not print when received change the Spool Data Format setting On Windows click StartlSettingsIPrinters Right click the icon for your printer then click PropertiesIDetailsISpool Settings At Spool Data Format select EMF or RAW Sound Alarm Select to enable an audible alarm for this string when an alarm event occurs Select the alarm sound by clicking Select Sound under Setup Preferences To enable alarm reporting and alarm sounds confirm global Disable Alarm Reporting and Disable Sound are not selected on the Preferences dialog box Contact To contact a person from any contact list select the check box and choose a name from the drop down list
117. button then check a box for the equipment being exchanged For units with multiple DCM s select the appropriate DCM check box After making selections click OK 29 3 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 Completing the Commissioning Assistant After opening the commissioning assistant complete the remaining screens as described in the following sections 29 4 1 Commissioning Agent Screen Enter the information for the commissioning agent Fields with an asterisk are required A copy of the commissioning report MUST BE sent to alber startup Qalber com D Contis Later FAILURE TO SEND REPORT WILL RESULT IN A MAXIMUM OF TWELVE EI Wer MONTHS WARRANTY FROM DATE OF ORIGINAL SHIPMENT P nu v Commissioning Agent Equipment Owner Send Battery Setup Check Settings Serial Numbers A D C omg d Cheek Cell Voltage Commissioning Agent Techracsan Name Anthony Conpary Name Aber Base Data Cell Voltage RelPURT hel IZS e Ti Ste lO Check Temperature Equyreet Tag Check Discharge Current eas iian Ave Et Address E 4 Ave E Check Test Current Phone Numba 964 000 0000 v v v v v v Check Overall voltage v v v v v x Emad Address Base Data CellR D Load Agent BPR Save Ageri String Ratus Discharge Occurred Comeumecehion Zepp Response Ce Figure 139 Commissioning Agent Comm Asst Click the Commissioning Agent button Complete the following field
118. calendar If desired change the computer date format under Windows as follows 1 Click StartlSettingsIControl Panel then click Regional Settings 2 Click the Date tab then select the date format from the Short Date Style drop down menu 3 Click OK and exit the Regional Settings dialog box Number of Strings required Type the number of parallel strings within the battery Measure points String required Type the number of cells or modules per string 14 4 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Cell Label Start From This allows the reverse numbering of cells Select Most Negative Cell when the cells are numbered such that Cell 1 is the most negative When finished click Save or click the next String tab 14 5 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 14 5 System Setup String String Status gt Setup System String The String dialog box assigns a string name configuration model and manufacturer names capacity and MPM string names Before completing this dialog box confirm the correct customer location and battery are selected on the Customer Location and Battery boxes The Start Cell box for MPM changes to string when BDS is selected See below System setup Customer Location Battery String Link Reporting Contact List Password String Name String 1 D New Monitor Configuration MPM 1x24x2 D 7 Delete Start Clg fi BY Save Cel Model DD 85 23 Cell Manufacturer JATSF String Cap
119. centage Above 25 EE IT Value Threshold Cell Threshold 4 Cell 100 La H 1825 1031 IT 25 1 2 E 1064 3 12 30 1899 12 00 00 Ge ite S 5 3 2006 04 20 00 p oe Hm eo oe en 5 5 2006 02 41 40 p 8 leg 7 27 2001 36 26 7 8 07 27 2006 04 41 11 p 17 27 2006 04 57 57 p STS OTT STOTT g a 4 8 12 16 D 2 B 32 36 o u 8 16 celle Baseline Date 7 27 2006 03 36 26 p Figure 66 Cell Resistance Alarm Levels Setup BDS Cell Resistance Alarm Levels box To set Alarm Levels on a cell basis click Individual and Input Level and select options on this box Percentage Above Sets the cell alarm level a percentage above the selected dataset levels Type a value 1 to 99 in the Percentage Above field Absolute Above Microhms Sets the cell alarm level a numeric value above the selected dataset levels Type a value in microhms in the Absolute Above field Date area check boxes Click one dataset date in this area on which to base alarm levels The system stores the date of the baseline data and displays it on the lower right after the Apply button is clicked Apply Click apply to apply selected levels to the cells The values appear in the Threshold column If you do not want to edit individual cell levels see below click OK Cell Intertier and Threshold columns To edit individual cell or intertier alarm levels in the Threshold column click the value a
120. check all DCM addresses Also clear the data memory by clicking the Clear Memory button then at the Clear Monitor Memory message click Yes and the memory is cleared After verification the DCM Addresses Verified box is automatically checked Note The MPM does not have dip switch settings 29 6 29 4 4 Send Battery Setup Screen Commissioning Check baner setup parameters pior to sending Defaut setup vaker may be loaded into banesy setup Commissioning Agent Equipment Owner may Ee aamen Deag p Complete Leck that Geneal and Paramete setup e SC par Dn BMDM lan Manual and site drawings and chick Send Battery Setup Check Semngs v v v v Serial Numbers check cen votage Geng Paxometers Test Essaien Float Alms Dischauge Digha Input Dia Quat LGS E Location Name 7 Station Phone Number v Check Overall Voltage Baley Name Bone Total Cel Humber EE y Base Data Cell Voltage String Name 50 Shura Vakue amps mn 6 Ke Check Temperature Date far Float Cunent Mutipier v Check Otscharge Current Tine D Remte Reporting C Enable Disable S Check Test Current TekoMUX LC Enathe C V Base Data Geib Network Setup gea IPadders 52144 Retype Pacswoud Netmask 255 255 255 0 E Auto Send Tine Gatewua Tine Difference Hour TH e Alem Button Acknowledge C Reset E Send Commissioning Assistant E Cortinue Later Notes String Status Disch
121. click Delete This permanently deletes the contact list Delete right panel To remove a person s name from the list of potential contacts click a name on the right Contacts list and click Delete This permanently deletes the contact Remove Contact To remove a person s name from the group Contact List click the person s name to highlight it then click Remove Contact Sort Names To move a person s name up or down the list to change call priority click and drag the number before the name up or down the list onto another number 14 11 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Contacts To type persons names to add to a list of potential contacts click New on the right panel on the Contact List dialog box to open the Contact Information box x Name IV Active TI Always Contact IV Page OnAlarm Numeric Alpha See Access Telephone Number ee Pager PIN Number Ir y O Delay Seconds jo 34 IV FAX Alarm Event Fax Number Ir IT Email Alarm Event Email Address Schedule 24 7 On 24 Hours Day Off Start Time Time On EI I 12 00 AM gp o P om on P E man on E E E 12 00 AM 7 mm e o E ema on TC E ema on pg E eum on Figure 32 System Setup Contact Information String Status gt Setup System Contact List New on right panel Use the Contact Information dialog box to add names to the list of potential contacts Name Type the contact person s name
122. ct Auto Select to automatically select cells listed on the right side that violate the thresholds If you change the cell or OV thresholds cells that meet the new criteria are selected You may add cells to the report by selecting additional check boxes in the list Select String Memos and Cell Memos to include string and cell memos Select Include Power to list power in reports in addition to voltage and current Select Standard to create a standard report Cells are listed by string and strings are listed by time in a Cell Value format Select Tabular to create a tabular report which is the same as a standard report but in a spreadsheet format with Cells vs Time Click Cell Graph to create a report that includes a cell graph Click Cell Detail to create a report that includes cell detail Click OV I Graph to create a report that includes Overall Voltage and Load Current graphs MPM Current to Include in Report MPM only Choose up to four current channels Current 1 to Current 4 to view simultaneously if they are connected The Discharge Dates columns list the Start Date Time Duration Lowest OV OV 30 and ACV 30 of all discharges The Lowest OV column lists the lowest value reached during discharge OV 30 lists the overall voltage 30 seconds into discharge and ACV 30 lists the average cell voltage 30 seconds into discharge Click the discharge for which the report will be generated Only one discharge date may be selected for
123. ct Database Range Entire DB Select to view all available data in the string database Range To view data within a range of dates click Range then select Start and End dates To choose a date click the date box drop down button and click the calendar To change months click the left or right arrows on the calendar or press the Page Up Page Down keys To change years hold the Ctrl key while pressing Page Up or Page Down Last Time Period To select three or six months back from today s date click Last Time Period then select Last 3 Months or Last 6 Months Select Other for other month periods and choose a value Close the dialog box to save the selections IMPORTANT NOTE If no data appears on String View select Entire DB to determine if data is available Save Clicking Save saves the selected range for all databases not just the database currently open To close the dialog box without making any changes click Cancel 19 1 Connecting to a Battery Location 20 Connecting to a Battery Location This section describes how to connect the BMDM program to a location At this point the computer and monitor should have been synchronized using Check Settings You may connect to an MPM or BDS battery location site via modem or network from a remote location or on site using the network or RS 232 Local port These connection methods check all battery parameters If you cannot connect to a location refer to Synchronizing Using Check
124. ct that de energizes upon alarm condition reset Output Name Type a name that describes the external device being controlled Trigger Name From the drop down list select a parameter that energizes the Control Output relay contact Enable Select Enable to energize a rear panel Control Output contact on a trigger event Latch When selected the Control Output contact energizes until manually reset If not selected the Control Output de energizes when the trigger event clears 17 12 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM Battery Setup LGS MPM String View gt Setup Battery LGS Leibert Global Services LGS offers a service in which its Customer Response Center CRC remotely monitors your Alber BDS or MPM equipment and other facility devices around the clock The CRC evaluates alarms and provides immediate telephone and e mail assistance using a customer defined response and escalation plan For details about subscribing to the service phone 800 748 3666 or 800 SITEMON or e mail LGS monitoring Leibert com If you have subscribed to an LGS monitoring plan complete the Battery SetupILGS dialog box as follows Battery Setup BE General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Thermal Runaway Discharge LGS System Type ooo xxx Site ID Kr 00000 99999 Monitor Device Number 0000000 0000000 3999999 LGS Phone Number LGS Report Time 00 00 HH MM IT Enabled Close Strin
125. cted on Communication Setup data is copied to the Central computer database and deleted from monitor memory Refer to Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup Extract Time If Extract Data by Set Time is selected on Communication Setup type the data extraction start time in this field MUX ID required Possible entries are 0 to 16 A zero indicates the MPM or BDS is not connected to a multiplexer Device 1 to 16 corresponds to the multiplexer rear panel connection ports Refer to the Serial Port Multiplexer User s Guide When finished click Save or click the next Reporting tab 14 8 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 14 7 System Setup Reporting String Status gt Setup System Reporting The Reporting dialog box selects the devices the Central or Local computer contacts when the monitor reports during continuous polling or calls in an event Before completing this dialog box confirm the correct customer location battery and string are selected on the Customer Location Battery and String boxes A Service computer cannot open the Reporting box Customer Location Battery String Link Reporting Contact List Parewerd Jh Page On Alam Access Telephone Number 1 561 997 2299 P Noe Pager PIN Number Alpha Delay Seconds jo By e Save JV FAx Alarm Event SendFAXto JW Customer Contact IT Location Contact IT Email Alarm Event Send Emailto Customer Contact V Location Contact JV Print
126. d days field on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 period time field on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 Peukert Peukert number and discharge duration Peukert number field on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 Peukert s equation 0 cccecesscceseeseveees 10 1 phone number field on system s u link 14 7 PIO status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 BOO RE 17 8 18 13 automatic polling eee 7 2 12 2 CONTINUOUS polling 00 eee eeseeeeteeeeneeeeere 7 2 COTINGO knrn rei Seite spee dies 7 1 p area on system S u link eee 14 8 polling answer port area ON communication sai 12 1 time done ooo eee eeeeeeeseecceeeesceseeseeseeseeseenees 7 2 using a Central computer 7 2 post power check screen screen 29 6 preferences ere ee dee es 11 1 preferences screen 11 1 preventive maintenance eee 29 15 preview typical screen 23 1 preview button ON all discharges n s 21 17 on executive summary report 24 2 preview discharge report screen 23 1 preview screens nsee 23 1 print p alarm event ck box on system s u reporting 14 10 p button ON preview sses 23 2 p current button on preview 23 2 p report alarm event 21 4 printer Spool settings cee 14 10 priority evels A 21 2 problem discharge thresho
127. d Cell Resistance Report String View gt View Reports Trend Cell Resistance To create a Trend Cell Resistance report click Cell Resistance The Trend Cell Resistance Setup box appears Trend Cell Resistance Setup ee zl sl etup review ata Sets one S Previ Data All N C Use Preset Thresholds Override Preset Thresholds Baseline 0 Above Baseline m STRING 9 cell 1 CString 1 cell 2 CString 1 cell 3 CString 1 cell 4 MString 1 cell CString 1 cell 6 CString 1 cell7 MString 1 cell 8 CString 1 cell9 CString 1 cell 10 MString 1 cell 11 CString 1 cell 12 CString 1 cell 13 CString 1 cell 14 V Show Average Trend IT Auto Select Cells IT Include Cell Memos M Include String Memos gt Graph Scaling C Auto Max Ce Manual Mul 0 Report Output e eg C Graph Ge Both Figure 100 Trend Cell Resistance Setup The items on the Trend Cell Resistance Setup box are the same as those in Trend Cell Voltage Report with the following exceptions To ignore BMDM thresholds click Override Preset Thresholds In the Baseline box type the resistance in microhms In the Above Baseline box type the percentage above which a measurement will be in violation For example if the baseline resistance is 300 microhms and the percentage is 10 any data above 330 microhms violates threshold Select Show Average Trend to generate a graph that shows the average cell resistanc
128. discharge at current I and t is the hours of discharge at current I To determine the Peukert number discharge the same fully charged battery twice at convenient discharge rates First discharge the battery below the normal discharge rate When the battery reaches discharge level as determined from manufacturers spec sheets note the Ah consumed and the time the discharge took Calculate the average Amps by dividing the Ah consumed by the length of time For example if the Ah consumed was 300 and the discharge took 50 hours the average Amps equals 6 Use this value for I in the above formula and use the time the discharge took for T4 Charge the battery and repeat the process for a discharge rate higher than normal Use the resulting values for I and T in the formula Calculate the value for n to obtain an exponent accurate for your normal rate Use this exponent n in the Peukert Equation to estimate time remaining during a normal discharge Performing two capacity tests to obtain the variables for Peukert s Formula can yield accuracy as good as 0 5 to 1 10 1 Practical Theory Understanding the Time to Go Algorithm Although the Time to Go calculation may offer a close estimate many other battery parameters affect run time as a battery ages These aging phenomena show up as different failure modes and influence the accuracy of the Time to Go calculation Alb r recommends that you not rely solely on the Time to Go data for bat
129. e Bar gt to turn on the load and measure the load current Type the value in the Measured Value field then press lt Enter gt If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed If the measured value fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button 29 12 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 15 Check Intercell Screen BDS Only v Commissioning agent 1 Caliuate one Intercel voagein each DCM 2 Select a cel to measure D 3 Disecerect the ntercel sense leads from the cell in the DCM Exsomenome ZS Gite 5 Connaci the DMM to the millet source odpad and adya the source lor A DMM tnackng of 3 0 mV v PostPower Check 6 Type the DMM reading in milivoks in the measured value field and Dez enter 7 Repeat bor each DCM DI Notes 7 GE Parameter 7 Status Waiting AD 7 Paramete Messed Vave MontorVaue A D Courts Speatication Side V Checkceli vonage DCM 1 Cat Cal 00 1 ll Zen unchecked dees EES 7 oman EECH V Check Intercett vV verity poar v Base Data CellR Report String Ratus lem Communication Status Requesbng Cell Connection Figure 153 Check Intercell Comm Asst Click the Check Intercell button In the Cell Number box type the cell number for the cell you wish to measure This is only for dual reading systems such as the BDS 256XL 29 4 16 Base Data Cell Resistance Screen 1 Altes all the pa
130. e Battery Setup boxes are protected type the Battery Setup password and click OK This password closes when communication ends If the password is incorrect the Battery Setup boxes appear but the Send button is inactive To change the location battery or string names after the monitor is set up and communicating use the Setup System dialog boxes Send Button and Close Button On the Battery Setup boxes the Send button transfers settings to the monitor On Battery SetupITest Parameters the Historical Log Resistance Test and Load Test settings are sent only if changed You may complete all dialog boxes before clicking Send Clicking Send on any box transfers settings on all boxes Changes are not saved or sent if you only click Close Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 1 Battery Setup General BDS String View gt Setup Battery General The following appear on the General dialog box Battery Setup i i Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms System Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Las Location Name Pompano Beach FL Station Phone Number _ Measure Points a Shunt Value amps mv SY Date 7 17 2014 Float Current Multiplier SY Time bon Remote Reporting Enable Disable Charger Ripple Freq p te 60hz Telco MUX C Enable Disable Network Setup Password IP Address 10 203 123 45 iopen Cd Netmask 255 255 0 0 V Auto Send Time Gateway Time Difference Hours o E SUSIE el
131. e Current Emad Address ioger aker com Check Test Current ie Base Dala CMI R Load Location Info String Status Dcharge Occurred Communication Ratus Response OK Figure 140 Equipment Owner Comm Asst Click the Equipment Owner button Complete the following fields Company Name Site Contact Address Phone Number and Email Address Note that fields for which information is mandatory are marked with an asterisk Optionally to load the data saved under SetupISystemlCustomer or under Setup System Location into the fields click the Load Customer Info or Load Location Info buttons 29 5 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 3 Post Power Check Screen Commissioning BDS 256 1X40X12V Hardware String Number slave id 1 Commissioning Agent Verify all the hardware is properly addressed correctly and the data memory has been cleared Both the Run DCM Addr Check and Clear Data Memory must be performed Equipment Owner E Continue Later Post Power Check D Notes IT DCM addresses verified Run DCM Addr Check I Memory Cleared Clear Memory String DIP SW5 DIP SW6 DIP SW7 DIP Sws String Status Good ommunication Status Response OK Figure 141 Post Power Check Screen BDS 256 only Comm Asst Click the Post Power Check button Verify the DCM addresses by clicking Run DCM Addr Check button then at the Running DCM Address Check message click Yes to
132. e Mode or Current Mode then set the threshold Level in volts or amps to activate data logging during a discharge When the voltage goes below the set level or the current exceeds the set level the monitor begins recording cell voltages discharge current and overall voltage based on the Deviation Storage Thresholds described later Only one temperature sample is stored at the beginning of the discharge 18 16 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Note If using the Current Mode the minimum threshold Level to detect discharges must be at least 5 of the current transducer CT rating For example if the CT rating is 600A the minimum Level is 30A Voltage mode allows data recording during recharge since data logging does not stop until the voltage goes above the threshold If measuring discharge current use Discharge Current Mode as a reliable source of trigger To enable current mode you must define the Current Channel on Setup Batteryl Parameters in the DCM column Report All Discharges If selected the monitor reports all discharges to the Central computer You must enable Remote Reporting on Setup BatterylGeneral Report Problem Discharge Only If selected the monitor reports only discharges that exceed voltage or time values set in Problem Discharge Thresholds described later to the Central computer Disable If selected stops the BDS from reporting a discharge Deviation Storage Thresholds Area This feature doe
133. e in this field to assign the Customer field title another name such as Region or Subdivision The new name will appear in various program areas where the word Customer appeared Setting Communications 12 Setting Communications String Status gt Setup communication EI or Setup Communication Select this dialog box to define communication settings Communication Setup Modem Connection Polling Answer Port Answer Port X Not Selected v Dial Prefix Dial Prefix Direct Connection ComPort COM 1 Ss Network Connection Time out sec HE Note minimum time out is 2 seconds Other Options Iw Disable AutoPolling Auto Answering Continuous Polling Interval sec Io J7 Auto Extract Data Extract Latest Resistance Readings r Force All Strings to Direct Connection Timeout Bad Data Retry Count 3 minimum 2 tries wi OK x Cancel Figure 22 Communication Setup Polling Answer Port and Answer Port Using the drop down lists define one or two modem COM ports for monitor communication If you define two COM ports one port calls and polls the monitors and the other answers calls from the monitors If you define only one port it both polls and answers Define one port from the Polling Answer Port list and choose Not Selected under Answer Port For larger systems use two modems to allow simultaneous polling and remote reporting Dial Prefix This is the number usually a 9 that accesses an outside phone line
134. e or in part without express written permission from Alb rcorp Microsoft Microsoft Windows Microsoft Explorer and Microsoft Access are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corp WinZip is a registered trademark of Nico Mak Computing Inc UL is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc Adobe Acrobat is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc Printed in the United States of America iii iv Table of Contents 1 SAFETY INFORMATION p cssscvisutdecs sccssteatevsinee eee ape AENEON Soer VENEER EE NENE E AEREE oee Eie i Rese tae 1 1 Ily Th YOu Have Quest E 1 1 2 SYSTEM REQ REMEN T S 30 ecc8ecccecsvslscsecsenccdecsenoesessdacs secetyecteestesesevetnees esdesdveroussesesbesucteccsteevdesdeacecceeseess e 2 1 3s STRINGS TATUS SCREEN BUTTONS eege APESE EEE EEPE RESES reS E PS TEn EES ree 3 1 4 PROGRAM INSTALLATION AND OPTIONS ENEE 4 1 E D 4 1 42 Installing th BMO M aa T AAR E Aoa sade R EE A ARE RREA R 4 1 4 3 Starting the Brogram enee EENS EES EEEE STESA ER ESERSE 4 1 4 4 Configuring BMDM to Run as a Windows Service seseesseseessseesesreesssteressrsreereseeersreeresrenrssreees 4 2 AS D10 71S NOIE A ERE EE 4 4 dp Default Pass VOA S a sees ts const stu A aE a AAE Aoa sets EAEE A ARE Rna A Era 4 4 AT DEN KEE 4 5 4 8 Changing Computer Py peaiscs sscssccssccsseesoytcesacascessseesteedasescetcsdyab ds E EEEE rE OKEE ESSEET p Ceai ORTE TEI
135. e over the range of dates 22 6 Using the Report Generator 22 6 Trend Intercell Report String View gt View Reports Trend Intercell To create a Trend Intercell report click Intercell The Trend Intercell Resistance Setup box appears Trend Intercell Resistance Setup Setup Preview Data Sets All None C Use Preset Thresholds Ze Override Preset Thresholds Hi Threshold 0 000 BDS 256 140127 ce Meell2 IT Show Average Trend M cell 3 IT Auto Select Cells Dicell 4 cell 5 cell 6 ce MGraph Scaling Mcell8 C Auto Max 0 000 Dicell9 M in oO cell 10 Ze Manual 0 000 F cel11 Report Output cell 12 AR Text Graph Both Zei en sse IT Include String Memos Figure 101 Trend Intercell Resistance Setup The items on the Trend Intercell Resistance Setup box are the same as those in Trend Cell Voltage Report except that Trend Intercell Resistance Setup does not have check boxes for Low Threshold or for Include Cell Memos 22 7 Using the Report Generator 22 7 Trend Overall Voltage Report String View gt View Reports Trend Overall Voltage To create a Trend Overall Voltage report click Overall Voltage The Trend Overall Voltage Setup box appears Trend Overall Yoltage Setup i i 2i x Setup Preview Report Output C Use Preset Thresholds C Text C Graph Both Override Preset Thresholds Hi Threshold 0 O Graph Scaling C Auto Max 0 000
136. e will be exported and saved to the following default folder Alber MPM Manager Export Resistance_BDS 40 with the string configuration and the month day year and time for example Resistance_BDS 40 1X40X12V_02_06_12_09_45_00_am xls Click OK to export the file 21 10 Cell Voltage Box String View gt Click a bar on the graph or Alt Click a bar on the graph To display the numerical value of an individual cell on the String View Cell Voltage screen click a bar on the graph The cell voltage value appears in the box near the top left To display the Cell Voltage box hold the Alt key while clicking a bar The Cell Voltage box opens to the right of the bar graph Close Delete Clear Figure 84 Cell Voltage Box You may create a list of cells in the Cell Voltage box and monitor the continually updated voltages This is convenient when monitoring a discharge To add cells to the list hold the Alt key and click a cell bar To sort the list click the String Cell or Voltage column header To remove a cell from the list click the cell listing to highlight it then click Delete To remove all cells from the list click Clear To close the box click Close 21 11 Trend Analysis String View gt Click a bar to make it gray right click the bar Trend Cell or Average To perform a voltage resistance or intercell resistance trend analysis for a cell click a bar of interest on the graph to change it to gray then right click t
137. eboot Firmware This does a warm reset of the BDS At power up the unit performs diagnostics for about two minutes If a failure occurs identify the failing parameters by using the Self Test diagnostic 27 2 Self Test BDS String View gt Diagnostics Self Test Self Test reads BDS and DCM status registers and displays the parameter status on the Diagnostics dialog box These parameters are tested only at BDS power up If an update is needed cycle the power to the BDS or reboot by selecting Setup Reboot Firmware To open Self Test Diagnostics select DiagnosticslSelf Test H Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Pott Memory Contacts ege Comm Error Controller DCM 1 ITEMS STATUS ITEMS STATUS External RAM Flash Memory Dial Tone Firmware Version Resa Cower o Ze Clear Counters Communication Status Polling Self Diagnostics DCM Figure 123 Diagnostics Self Test BDS Items in the Self Test Diagnostics box are described below alphabetically If available click the left or right arrows to view settings for other DCM units A D DCM Reads and confirms the A D converter reference voltage is within specification Code Space DCM Displays the memory type from which the firmware is running Typically this is the PROM but the system can upload a new version to Flash memory 27 1 BDS Diagnostics Dial Tone BDS Controller Confirms the telephone is connected If connec
138. eceseceeesecnseeeseenaees 16 3 Figure 39 Check Settings Float Alarms MDPM 16 4 Figure 40 Check Settings Float Alarms BD 16 4 Figure 57 Check Settings Float Alarms BD 16 5 Figure 41 Check Settings Discharge MPM BDS eee ee cee cee cee esse cee caeeeneeeaeeeeeeseeseeeeseenseeaeenaees 16 6 Figure 42 Check Settings Digital Input OMDM eee ee ceeceseceecnseceeecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeseeeseeseeaeenaees 16 7 Figure 43 Check Settings Digital Input BDS 0 0 eee cee cesecnse cee caeecaeeeneeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeseenseeaeenaees 16 7 1X Figure 44 Check Settings Digital Output MPM eee ee ceecesecesecesecaecneecaeecneeeaeeeeeeseeeesenerenseenaees 16 8 Figure 45 Check Settings Digital Output BDS 256 oo eee ee cese cee cnee cee ceeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeensees 16 8 Figure 46 Check Settings Calibration MDM 16 9 Figure 47 Check Settings Calibration BD 16 9 Figure 48 Check Settings LGS MPM BD 16 10 Figure 49 Check Settings in Controller Typical Screen BDS 0 eee eeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeseensecseenaeeaee 16 11 Figure 50 Battery Setup General OMDPM eee eeceeeceseceecesecsecaeecaeecaeseaeseeeeeeeeeeensesnseeeseserenseenaees 17 2 Figure 51 Battery Setup Parameters MDM eee eeceeceeeceseceeceseceaecsaecsaecaeecneeeaeseeeseeeeesesereeseensees 17 4 Figure 52 Battery Setup Test Parameters MPM ue cee ceeceecseecseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesesnseeeeenseeeseenees 17 5 Figure 53 Battery Setu
139. eck Discharge Current OK E Check Test Current 1 PM Data Cell R Figure 157 Report Preventive Maintenance Form The Preventive Maintenance Report saves customer data by default in the following fields e Equipment Owner name e Ste ID e Ref PO Ticket e Equipment Tag The field names can be modified on the form The modified field names from the form will show the new names in the report name Once the new field names are entered click Save Report Click OK to save the new preventive maintenance report 29 15 Commissioning Assistant 29 5 Emailing a Report The completed Commissioning Agent report must be sent to Alber as an email attachment for warranty and customer service purposes To send the report open your email editor and attach the report CMS file to the email The CMS file resides in the Program Files Alber MPM Manager Commissioning folder In the subject line type BMDM commissioning report or similar text In the email note your company name and contact information Send the email with the CMS file to startup alber com 29 6 Retrieving a Commissioning Report View Reports Commissioning Report To view a report connect to the string then click ViewlReportsI Commissioning Report on the Main Menu Do not edit completed report screens unless the string is being commissioned again 29 7 Printing a Commissioning Report The completed CMS report file cannot be printed However there are two printin
140. eck Settings Screens The Check Settings Discharge dialog box for the MPM and BDS is shown below S Check Settings 2 x General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Calibration ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR ITEMS IN DATABASE UN MONITOR Discharge Latch d Selected AMP Hours 1 0 0 Remote Reporting Enable Enable Peukert Number 1 0 000 0 000 Current Mode Current Mode Kies Jg so Report Problem Only Report All 1 20 Maximum Discharge Time 60 Send Time VW Recheck Upload String Status Alarm Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked Figure 42 Check Settings Discharge MPM BDS 16 6 Check Settings Screens The Check Settings Digital Input dialog boxes for the MPM and BDS 256 are shown below The BDS Digital Input tab and dialog box are available only for String 1 on a BDS The tab disappears if a string other than 1 is selected Not available for the BDS 40 Check Settings 2 x General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Calibration IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Input Name MAC N O Report Defined N C N O Report Input 1 r E F lid if ls la Input 2 IC Vv fe Ip fe Vv pa Input 3 E K r E m Vv ja Input 4 ig If JG i le oles le Input 5 im ls 1p li id lid ia Input 6 r K fe r jE Vv E Input 7 ja K E ei IC ei IC Input 8 lf ols I lid lo ld ia Input 9 r K E IS e Vv ja Input 10 a K
141. eeeceeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 2 status color normal box ON preferences eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 2 status defined oe eeeeeeeeeeneeteeeeneeseenens 7 1 status flush buffer interval field ON preferences uu eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 11 2 status LED on DCH 27 9 status parameters area ON SUMMALY Si 22 13 on tech detail summary report s u 24 2 status viewing on and offline 21 1 stop button on load Test 21 17 ON SUING view 21 9 string changing name 14 1 s capacity field on system s u string 14 7 s ID column on string status 21 2 s in alarm screen eects 21 3 Se LOIN EE 21 22 s Memo menu Hem 21 22 S MEMO Screen 21 22 s memos ck box on discharge s u 22 10 s name column on string status 21 2 s name field on battery s u general BDS 18 2 on battery s u general MPM 17 2 ON SUMM ALY eee eeeeeeeteenees 21 21 On system S U SFIN 14 6 s name of MPM area on system S U String 14 7 s needs to be set up message 15 1 s status box on string view 0 21 8 s status column on string status 21 2 s Status display area eens 11 1 s status screen 21 2 s status screen defined eee 3 1 s status viewing o oo 21 1 s system s u screen oaeee 14 6 e VE 21 6 s view Cell resistance 0cccccccccseessessesees 21 8 s view cell resistance screen 21 8 s view Cell voltage c ccceccc
142. eeeesecaecsaecsaecnaecseecaeseaeseaeeeeeeeeeseesees 27 7 Diagnostics Alarm Contacts BD 27 8 Diagnostics Intertier BD 27 8 Diagnostics Communication Error BD 27 9 Selects DEM EE 27 10 Setup Menu Showing Upgrade Options BD 28 1 Commissioning Assistant Welcome 29 1 Monitor Pre Power Screen typical cece cesecesecseecseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenseceaecsaecsaecsaecsaeeaeeeaes 29 2 Monitor Pre Power Load Cable Help Screen 29 2 Open Commissioning Assistant 29 3 Commissioning Agent Comm Aer 29 4 Equipment Owner Comm ASS t kees heosiiseipisesnese ni tenies esee ipene hee ERES e rE EEEa EES REUNEN 29 5 Post Power Check Screen BDS 256 only Comm Asst ssssssssssssseseseeesrssseseerersserrsressressees 29 6 Send Battery Setup Comm ASSt oo eee eceesceecesecesecesecssecsaecaeecaeecaeseaeseeeeseeeeeenseeeseeaeesaees 29 7 Check Settings ComimvAsst ssccssiecdevschesectupes cdvecevcseestecssecsthovtintzeteseceuhecotestncaceuveseesdetveatevbeety 29 7 Serial Numbers Comm Asst ccccssscessesceceessececseccececsneeecessaeeecsesaececeeseeceseeecseaeeseneeeeeess 29 8 Check Cell Voltage Comm Asset 29 8 Check Overall Voltage Comm Asst ceccesscesceessseceeneeenseceeeeecnaeceeeecaeceeneecaeeeeaeecsaeeeenters 29 9 Check terer OO A SSO Seeerei Eege Eerst 29 9 Base Data Cell Voltage Comm Asst ssesssssssesesseessreeseeesssesrseesseesseesseesseesseseeeseeeseessesse 29 10 Check Float Current Comm Asset
143. egral part of the product warranty 29 1 Starting the Assistant for a New String Connecting to a string for the first time opens the commissioning assistant Welcome screen Commissioning Assistant e Oj xj Welcome to the Commissioning Assistant The Commissioning Assistant will guide you through the process of commissioning the battery monitoring equipment Upon successful completion of the startup the Assistant will provide a packaged data set that must be sent to startup alber com to register for the full equipment warranty Failure to send this report to Alber will result in a maximum twelve month warranty OK Cancel Figure 135 Commissioning Assistant Welcome To commission the string click OK on the Welcome screen to display the MPM or BDS Monitor Pre Power Check List If you click Cancel the Welcome screen displays until you acknowledge the Pre Power Check List or you click the Existing System Ignore button 29 1 Commissioning Assistant 29 2 Monitor Pre Power Check List Monitor pre power check list a joj x Visually verify the computer monitoring equipment including controller if mounted separately monitor cabinet and computer cabinet are installed and interconnected as specified in their respective installation manuals BDS40 base and Plus units may be mounted individually on standoffs at the top of the battery cabinet WARNING Do not energize the equipment with battery or mains outlet voltage unti
144. em Initialization 0 Default 1 Custom D 6 Initialization Command for Answer Modem ATE1Q0X1V1 N5 K14M 7 File Name of Wave File 8 Symbol to Show Sample Database Selection 0 Not Show 1 Show D 9 Initialization Command for Alpha Pager Component AUTO 10 Options D10 DY D1 D10 Language D1 0 LOG TRC disable 1 enable oo00000000 H Figure 6 Config3 MPM File Save the text file and close the editor Run the BMDM program and confirm the title bar indicates the correct computer type Central Local or Service The Config3 MPM file shown above is for illustration and not meant to be copied Program Installation and Options 4 9 File Types The BMDM program uses several file extensions MDB An Access database file that stores cell and battery readings and setup data At installation the BMDM creates an empty database file When the BMDM opens a backup file it extracts it from ZIP to MDB MPM The configuration file Config3 MPM under Program Files Alber MPM Manager that you may edit to change computer type Central Local or Service PDF oes A file format that protects against unintended changes The Web Report Generator generates a report as a PDF file every 24 hours WAN A sound file used for alarm sounds ZIP iai A compressed file for backup of an MDB database file Saving the working database as a backup saves the MDB file as a ZIP ZRE ea A compressed file for r
145. emp 24 1 Technician Report Discharges Area cesccescseesseceeeeeceseceeeeecaaeceeneecsaeceeneecsaeceeneeenaeeeeneees 24 2 Auto Generating Technician Detail Summary Report 24 3 Calibration Setup MPM sesccecessscssesscceuaaveccesessavesepvestevstacpentcpbuaceesstvennsepusabensdecseevensvesnendes 25 1 Calibration Setup BDS NNN USR NENNEN EECH 25 1 Diagnostics Self Test OMDM ien E EE E S E e 26 2 Diagnostics Load Module Test Current MDM 26 3 Diagnostics DIP Switch MPM cescecssecesececsseceeeeecaceesncecsaceesaeecsaeeeeneecsaeeeneeceeeeeneesees 26 4 Diagnostics Indicator MPM cessccesecessseceeeeeceneceeeeecsaeceeeeesaeceeeecsaeceeneecseceeaeecsaeeeeneers 26 5 Diagnostics Digital Port OMDM eee ceeeeeeeceeeeeeecesecesecaecsaecaaecaeecseeeaeseaeeeeeeeeeeseenaees 26 5 Diagnostics Memory OMDM 26 6 Diagnostics Alarm Contacts OMDPM 26 7 Diagnostics Intertier MEM 0 r NEA A EE E TEE EE EER EN EA 26 8 Di p ostcs Self Test BDS ruinn ae Ne E E E ETEEN E E NE 27 1 Diagnostics Load Module Test Current BD 27 3 Diagnostics Load Module CT Polarity BDS eee ee eee cee cnee cree ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenaees 27 4 Diagnostics DIP S WitCh B SSEN 27 5 Diagnostics Indicator BD 27 6 Diagnostics Digital Port BDS essseresesserereeeseerersreressererererersersrerersreresserererereenersrererseeeesre 27 6 Diagnostics Memory BDS ee ee ceeceee cee cseeeeeeeeeeeee
146. emperature DCM Probe DCM 1 Probe 1 Hardware Latch Reporting Critical Maintenance Hardware Fault a B E IT cased s String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 68 Battery Setup Thermal Runaway BDS High Float Current in mamps A float current threshold which is independent of the Float Alarms Float Current threshold can be set Entering a value of 0 will disable this parameter from the analysis for thermal runaway Otherwise a value from 1 5000ma can be entered Seeing an abnormal rise in float current can be an indication of a thermal runaway condition However normal conditions like charging after a discharge can and will show elevated float currents for a period of time The length of time and the amount of this elevated float current is difficult to predict as the depth of discharge and type of battery will affect this Due to this this parameter will be temporary disabled for making thermal analysis for 72 hours following a discharge ICC 2012 ICC International Fire Code IFC 18 14 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Temperature Delta A temperature delta can be set to identify the difference in temperature between two temperature probes The desired location of these probes would be one measuring ambient temperature in the vicinity of the battery and the other placed directly onto the battery Entering a 0 will disable this parameter for the analysis for thermal run
147. en on the String Status screen highlight the location name you want to synchronize and click Connection System Connects Normally If connection is established the names match and no error messages appear click Setup Check SettingslGeneral After setup data appears in the In Database and In Monitor columns click Upload to transfer from monitor to computer database After upload click Close All data is transferred and the site is ready to go into service String needs to be set up Message If the system connects but This string needs to be set up appears the location battery or string names do not match You must upload the monitor settings Click OK at the message select SetuplCheck SettingslGeneral then click Upload as described in the preceding System Connects Normally paragraph Synchronizing Using Check Settings Note on Network Settings Network parameters do not upload using Check Settings General To change the IP Address Netmask or Gateway use SetupISystemlLink To send the existing or changed IP Netmask or Gateway address to the MPM or BDS click Send Network Configuration on Setup BatterylGeneral This button is active and the addresses can be sent only when the computer is connected to the BDS or MPM via RS 232 or modem not via network Note on using a Local or Service computer With a Local or Service computer the monitor transfers setup to the computer but names date and time are not sent to the monitor Thi
148. en click the Device Manager button Expand the Ports folder then find the listing for the USB A typical listing might read USB Serial Port COM 4 Write down the COM port number for later use then close the Device Manager dialog box and exit back to the Windows desktop On the Communication Setup dialog box in the BMDM program select the previously noted COM port on the Direct Connection drop down list Click OK 12 2 Setting Up an Email Account 13 Setting Up an Email Account String Status gt Setup Email Setup Use Email Setup to set up the account under which the BMDM sends emails This dialog box contains the global Email Disable selection xi Test Outgoing mail server SMTP smtp mail alber com From Name Battery Monitor From Email Address name alber com From Domain Jalber com Email Authentication JV My out going server requires authentication Account Jaccount name Password Es I Disable Email J OK X Cancel Figure 23 Email Setup Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Specify the mail server for outgoing messages Obtain this from your Internet service provider or network administrator From Name Type the name that will appear in the recipient s email From field From Email Address Type the email address the BMDM will use as a sender From Domain Type the mail server domain name of the outgoing mail server My outgoing server requires authentication Select this box if your email requires
149. eports The Report Generator displays and prints text and graphs and saves customized reports in a ZRF format that protects against changes You may also view and print ZRF files using the Archive Reader 4 10 Help Screens The BMDM has built in help which you may activate three ways Most screens have a question mark in the upper right corner Click the question mark then click the cursor over an item to open a help description If a screen has no question mark press the F1 function key to display help for the entire screen Finally you may click Help on the menu bar to open the text portion of the manual through which you may browse using the Table of Contents or Index The on screen manual does not include tables and figures 4 7 Using Configure Station 5 Using Configure Station The Configure Station dialog boxes for a Local Central or Service computer facilitate setting up communication and alarm reporting The first time the BMDM runs at the Do you want to load a sample database message select No to display the boxes You may later open these boxes by selecting SetuplConfigure Station String Status gt Setup Configure Station To start Configure Station select Setup Configure Station The Monitor Connection Type dialog box appears Because subsequent boxes depend on previous selections each box is described without reference to others For more details on dialog box items refer to the sections mentioned Mo
150. er Battery Name String Name Alarm Button Acknowledge e Reset EH Send J Close String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 60 Battery Setup General BDS Location Name Battery Name String Name Location battery and string names identify the strings and hardware to which the monitor is connected Make sure databases have the same names to ensure proper connection Location battery and string names can only be changed under SetuplSystem Date Time The date and time of the computer When you send a new configuration to the monitor it sends this date and time Charger Ripple Freq Select to set the system to the charger ripple frequency of either 50Hz or 60Hz Station Phone Number Type the telephone number of the Central computer the BDS monitor calls when a system goes into alarm or discharge Measure Points This is defined by Monitor Configuration on SetuplSystem String Normally do not change the Measure Points number however you may change it for custom configurations not listed on System SetupI String The Measure Points number defines the total number of cells Shunt Value Type the shunt rating in amps per millivolt For example for a shunt of 600 amps 100mV type 6 600 amps 100mv 6 amps Imv This value must be an integer 18 2 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Float Current Multiplier When a series of batteries is connected with more than o
151. ers running Access A table summarizes the functions The terms status and data are used in this chapter as follows Status defined A report of the normal and error conditions and alarm events for the strings being monitored Data defined Data or string data battery data are the voltage float values resistance values and discharge values acquired through testing The Extract function never deletes status from the monitor Depending on computer type Extract may delete data from the monitor 7 1 Types of Polling Polling can be automatic or manual for computers using an Access database Polling defined The process of having the BMDM program connect to the BDS or MPM monitor and request present battery and monitor status Polling may be done automatically Auto Polling via RS 232 or LAN Continuous Polling The computer automatically connects to one or more monitors and then continually polls each string in the database sequentially This continuous autopolling is done via network or RS 232 direct connection not via modem The polling interval is adjustable Auto Polling via Modem Autopolling via modem occurs one time per day Each string is polled then autopolling ceases until the next day This prevents having the telephone line continuously in use Disable Auto Polling Auto Answering To allow auto polling or auto answering do not select this box on Communication Setup 7 2 Extraction of Data Extraction can be
152. es not permit continuous autopolling Continuous Auto Polling A Central Local or Service computer connected to the monitor via RS 232 or network can perform continuous autopolling Set Polling to Enable on Setup SystemlLink and do not check the Disable Auto Polling Auto Answering box on SetuplCommunication Using a Service computer for continuous polling is not recommended Pause Auto Polling On String Status you may select Setup Pause Auto Polling to temporarily suspend continuous polling This is convenient if you are selecting other strings in the list Selecting Pause Auto Polling does not change settings on the Communication Setup or Link dialog boxes Extracting Data via Modem with a Central Computer A Central computer connected via modem can extract data Select Auto Extract Data on SetuplCommunication The Central computer polls monitor status at midnight copies monitor data to the Central computer database and deletes the data from the monitor Extracting Data with a Central or Local Computer via RS 232 or Network A Central or Local computer connected via RS 232 or network can extract data A Service computer cannot extract data Select Auto Extract Data on Setupl Communication During autopoll at 10PM a Local computer copies monitor data to the Local computer database but does not delete the data from the monitor At midnight the Central computer autopolls monitor status copies the monitor data to the Centra
153. esgespeesocpectessdptesascesssousbestseuseesesys 22 5 Figure 100 Trend Cell Resistance Setup c cs scccciissccsgshsegsseteavesssstavesvghessnescesssescepeseusegetesaseseisensbenssenseesesss 22 6 Figure 101 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Trend Intercell Resistance Setup isisisi rinier aeei ier ne e a r iir keer 22 7 Trend Overall Voltage Set pi sinisisi iersinii asee r E aa ieres 22 8 Trend Temperature SQtup esineisiin esep p se or TEE keer E e ee Eer ak eer 22 9 Trend Intertier Setup EE 22 9 Discharge Setup oec ies sessacctessunsen EENS EAR eg 22 10 Alarms Setup EE 22 11 Summary e UE 22 12 Preview Typical Sereen cesscovessstes cass ssteeisusete NEESS EENS EES 23 1 Preview Discharge Report iniciei ri isror ires arei Ter a ee re E Eer Eer heer 23 1 Technician Detail Summary Report
154. eteeteteteetteeees 21 7 s view cell voltage screen 21 7 s view intercell resistance c00000ccc08s 21 8 s view intercell resistance screen 21 9 s view network grouping area 11 2 s view screen defined eee 3 1 SLQEUS Zeene aa eee 21 2 string field on battery s u digital output BDS 18 19 on battery s u parameters MPM 17 4 ON system S U String 14 7 Systemi S U mnsine ona eens 14 6 string current amps feld 29 12 strings in alarm menu item eee 21 3 strings in discharge menu Hem 21 3 strings in inactive menu Hem 21 3 Summer 21 5 21 21 Le 22 12 s battery sites screen 21 5 s button on all discharges or load test 21 21 ON string status ee eeeeteeeeneeeees 21 5 s discharges screen 21 21 s setup screen 22 12 synchronizing defimed cece 15 1 synchronizing using check settings 15 1 SYSTEM Setup 14 1 battery EE 14 4 battery screen 14 4 contact list ocenienia i oes 14 11 contact list screen 14 11 customer EE 14 2 Customer screen 0 eee eeeeeeee 14 2 TAK ees Ca ena ee 14 7 link screen 14 7 locatii reene ee ae 14 3 location screen 14 3 PASSWOMC 1 eececcetecteeteeseeteeneeeees 4 4 14 14 password screen 14 14 LE 14 9 reporting screen 14 9 W LLE EAR eae ecw 14 6 string screen 14 6 system setup D ssword ee 14 1 T1 and T2 columns on battery s u parameters BDG 18 4 tabular ck box on
155. eters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Qutput Calibration LGS Setup IN DATABASE IN MONITOR ITEMS Remote Remote Flost Alarms BEZE Enable Latch Report Latch Report 2 400 2 400 2 000 2 000 High Overall Voltage 55 0 55 0 Low Overall Voltage 51 0 51 0 High Temperature 80 80 Low Temperature 69 69 Cell Resistance 22000 22000 Intertier Resistance 500 500 Float Current 1000 1000 N A N A 783 783 High Cell Voltage Warning 2 310 2 310 99 99 Wa KKKKKKKK Wa KK KKKKKK4 TIAWAWIIAGIAGA a LE KL ME e Ee at Send Time W Recheck den Upload Di Gees String Status Alarm Communication Status Request DCM Settings Password Unchecked Figure 39 Check Settings Float Alarms MPM Check Settings General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration LGS Setup DCM 1 al gt IN DATABASE IN MONITOR ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Sechs Remote Float Alarms RE Enable Latch Report Critical Maint Latch Report Critical Maint High Cell Voltage 14 500 2 300 fekt d me p z Low Cell Voltage 13 200 2 000 E E TF E d io ll High Overall Voltage 553 0 150 0 E E E TF vf in im E Low Overall Voltage 536 6 120 0 PRE FOF foo ee o Cat Faieegz Je ez PF RF TF FP iis ee te iesse 70 ez PF rr 2ER E Cell Resistance 300 See below E E TF E A of E ZA See below See below K K K ja je l le Foatuen ism PF rr 2o eE e Jm
156. etup fora new system Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 4 Direct connect the monitor to the computer _ Local Port Connection for MPM or BDS 5 Establish communication between the monitor and Connecting via the RS 232 Local Port the computer 6 Perform battery setup and set alarm thresholds test eeng Battery Setup for the MPM or BDS intervals and options 7 Synchronize the monitor to the Central computer Synchronizing Using the Check Settings The Local computer and monitor are now ready to operate 8 1 Practical Theory Understanding System Installation 8 2 Connecting Using a Central Computer The following describes how to set up an MPM or BDS for use with a Central computer You may set up an on site or notebook computer as a Central computer but there must be only one Central computer polling a monitor e Ifthe Central computer is an on site computer To setup the system Ifyou need more help refer to 3 Setup fora new system Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 4 Direct connect the monitor to the computer _ Local Port Connection for MPM or BDS 5 Establish communication between the monitor and Connecting via the RS 232 Local Port the computer 6 Synchronize the monitor to the computer MPM reg Using the Check Settings only 7 Perform battery setup and set alarm thresholds test Programming Battery Setup for the MPM or BDS intervals and options
157. f switch settings To open the diagnostic select DIP Switch The diagnostic indicates each switch position Click the left or right arrows to select other DCM units NOTE The DIP switches are factory set and are not usually changed by the user Kee 2x Self Test Load Module Indicator Digital Port Memory Contacts Comm Error DCM 1 al gt Controller DCM SW 1 DCM SW 2 Communication Status Polling DCM Diagnostics Figure 126 Diagnostics DIP Switch BDS 27 5 27 5 Indicator BDS String View gt Diagnostics Indicator BDS Diagnostics This diagnostic tests front panel LED operation To open Indicator Diagnostics select Indicator To activate an LED click an LED name then On I zx Self Test Load Module DIP igital Pot Memory Contacts Intertier Comm Eror Select Indicator Scan Maintenance Alarm Critical Alarm C Resistance Test Qon Communication Status Poling System Status Figure 127 Diagnostics Indicator BDS 27 6 Digital Port BDS String View gt Diagnostics Digital Port The Digital Port diagnostic checks the status of the digital inputs If the system is connected to external contacts this diagnostic can check each contact To open Digital Port Diagnostics select Digital Port The screen displays the status of the inputs An ON status means a contact is closed I zx Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator emor C
158. f then on Release the switch after the BDS front panel Status LED flashes rapidly This reset also disables the alarms and auto call out function and resets the BDS hardware password to the default Optionally instead of pressing the reset switch you can clear the names on the DiagnosticsIMemory screen 15 2 Synchronizing Using Check Settings 15 1 Connecting With a Service Computer This section describes how to connect to a monitor when site details are not known Connecting a Service Computer via Modem Using a Service computer type the site telephone number and MUX ID if a multiplexer is used under SetuplSystemlLink If using a BDS also type the String ID number and the BDS monitor configuration under Setup SystemlString Click Connection Check SettingslGeneral appears Click Upload to synchronize settings between the monitor and Service computer database then click Close String View displays all real time data Connecting a Service Computer via Network Using a Service computer type an IP address under Setup SystemlLink If using a BDS also type the String ID number and the BDS monitor configuration under Setup SystemlString Click Connection Check Settings General appears Click Upload to synchronize settings between the monitor and Service computer database then click Close String View displays all real time data Connecting a Service Computer via RS 232 Using a Service computer click Connection Check Settings Gene
159. failure Items checked are described in Diagnostics Self Test Network Error Cannot connect or cannot initialize No Dial Tone No dial tone detected when calling Monitor Busy Busy signal detected when calling Modem Error Modem cannot be initialized Inactive Monitor did not answer This could be hiding a problem With no response assumes the monitor is inoperative For no dial tone or a busy line attempts to poll a second time Active Monitor answered No problems reported Data Corrupt After connecting to the monitor you must click Clear Data Memory on DiagnosticsIMemory Comm Error During autopolling if computer cannot establish communication after three tries this message appears Line Busy The phone number the modem dialed is busy No Answer The phone number the modem dialed did not respond All conditions except Active produce an Unknown in the String Status column Update Date Time The date and time the status was delivered String Status gt Sort column name The String Status screen sorts on String ID To sort on a different column select Sort then the column name or click a column header To move columns click and drag a column header onto another column header String Status gt Right click a string name or String Status gt View String in Alarm or String in Discharge or String in Inactive Strings in Alarm Strings in Discharge Strings in Inactive Extract Data Get String Status Right click on a
160. fic DCM click the Cell Resistance or Intercell Resistance tab then select R Test in a DCM On the Select DCM box click the button for the DCM you want to test To capture new readings click OK Select DCM E x r Select DCM H C DCM 2 Cells 49 96 C DCM 3 Cells 97 144 J OK A Cancel Figure 133 Select DCM If you clicked OK from Cell Resistance the screen heading changes to Resistance in DCM n Cells n n microhms and the resistance test starts If you clicked OK from Intercell Resistance the heading changes to Intercell in DCM n Cells n n microhms and the resistance test starts After a few minutes test in progress disappears and the Get button becomes active Click Get to display the readings The bottom of the screen displays a summary of the resistances and intertier values measured To stop the test before completion click Stop Diagnostics does not transfer resistance readings to the permanent database Be certain to record the needed results before closing these screens 27 10 Upgrades 28 Upgrades String View gt Setup Upgrade Firmware or Upgrade DCM Firmware E electrically erasable memory on the MPM and SRAM memory on the BDS Controller store calibration setup information and actual test data On both units flash memory is for uploads of firmware which can be upgraded on site or remotely via modem Refer to the MPM or BDS Diagnostics Memory section for a com
161. figuration Click this button to send the IP address netmask and gateway to the MPM The MPM must have the internal network option installed This button transfers addresses only when MPMs are connected via RS 232 or modem not network Auto Send Time Check this box to have the time of day sent from the computer to the hardware during autopolling and data extraction Time Difference Hours This spin box lets you compensate for any plus or minus time difference between the computer and hardware installation locations When the computer sends the time of day to the hardware either during autopolling or Check Settings upload the time is automatically adjusted Alarm Button If Sequential Ack is selected on the System Setup Reporting dialog box select Acknowledge so the monitor notifies the computer that acknowledgement was sent and received This stops sequential calling but does not reset the alarm Select Reset if Sequential is not selected 17 3 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM 17 2 Battery Setup Parameters MPM String View gt Setup Battery Parameters On Parameters select the hardware and parameters that will be polled and displayed Battery Setup Srel General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input LGS Discharge Current Intertier Resistance Iw Current 1 Iw Intertier Resistance 1 String WE Cell Ga M Current 2 Intertier Resistance 2 String pos Cell Pos
162. g Status Unknown Communication Status Unknown Password Unchecked Figure 59 Battery Setup LGS MPM System Type Type three characters to identify the device being monitored For MPM 100 type MPM for BDS 256 type 256 for BDS 40 type 040 Site ID Type the five character ID for customer site identification Monitor Device Number Type the seven digit number used for customer device tracking LGS Phone Number Type the telephone number that connects to the LGS remote monitoring service This number is used for a daily communication test and alarm reporting LGS Report Time Type the time the monitor calls in each day to confirm communication Use the 24 hour clock e g 13 45 Enabled Check this box to enable remote monitoring by LGS Monitoring is enabled only after a monitoring plan has been purchased from LGS 17 13 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS From String Status click Connection BR display the String View screen String View gt Setup Battery dialog box After completing Preferences Communication Setup and System Setup complete the Battery Setup dialog boxes To open Battery Setup on the String Status screen highlight the location name then click Connection After computer to monitor communication is established the String View screen appears To perform battery setup select Setup Battery to display the dialog boxes Password If th
163. g options A PDF file stored in the same Commissioning folder as the CMS file can be printed as a one page document This summary report is immediately accessible upon partial or full commissioning of a string The file name starts with CAR and ends with PDF The printed page can serve as confirmation that the string was commissioned After Alber receives a complete CMS commissioning file Alber generates a PDF file of the report and emails it back to the originator This PDF file which may be printed is a multipage document that details the commissioning of the system 29 16 30 Error Codes The following error messages may appear when running the BMDM program Error Codes MESSAGE SITUATION 1 The database cannot be saved Hard drive could be When copying a database to full a working database Empty database not found When backing up a database Database Not Found lt Database File Name gt When opening a database Data import error DDetail Table Please try again When importing discharge data Data import error DSummary Table Please try When importing discharge again data The name chosen has already been used It must be The user set up two locations unique using the same name or ID There are more than 1000 strings In the local computer there are more than 16 locations set up Location name battery name and string name do not In direct connection match compare location ID in Actual location name is lt L
164. gS AA 16 8 check settings screen BIS 16 8 digital port diagnostics BDS cc1ccccceecteetenteees 27 6 diagnostics BDS screen 27 6 diagnostics MPM c ccsccseeseerteeees 26 5 diagnostics MPM screen 26 5 DIP switch diagnostics BDS ccccccceeteteteeees 27 5 diagnostics BDS screen 27 5 diagnostics MPM c cccccseeseeteeees 26 4 diagnostics MPM screen 26 4 direct button on system s u link 14 7 direct connection area ON communication sei 12 1 disable d alarm reporting ck box on preferences EE 11 2 d alarm reporting note cece 21 6 d auto polling answering ck box ON communication ei 12 2 d button on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 d email ck box on email ei 13 1 d sound ck box on preferences 11 2 discharge battery s u BDS o on 18 16 battery slu MPM osooso 17 9 battery s u screen BDG 18 16 battery s u screen MP 17 9 check SettingS eses eseseseresee 16 6 check settings screen 16 6 d current area on battery s u parameters MPM 17 4 d current button on curve option 21 20 CUTIVE EE 21 19 d Curve button 21 19 d curve Screen 21 19 d dates area on all discharges s e 21 16 on discharge ei 22 11 d detection method area on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 on
165. ge Check Temperature Check Discharge Current Check Test Current Base Data Call R String status Discharge Occurred Communication Ratus Polling OW Figure 146 Check Overall Voltage Comm Asst Click the Check Overall Voltage button Not used with BDS 40 Measure the overall voltage type the value in the Measured Value field then press lt Enter gt If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed If the measured value fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button 29 4 9 Check Intertier Screen 1 Calibrate one intesties for each MPM that has one ot mate assigned testiera Disconnect the intertier sense leads from the iertien 3 Corned Ihe miivell source oulped bo the ebraber serion brads Equipment Owner 4 Connect the DMM to the milnvoR source output and adjust the source for a DMM reading of 10 0nV ei Contirun Later LG DA the Interter Volts Measurement Pont je and elect the drei rafen ard cell rambas of the irtertier to be calibeated Send Battery Setup E D the Interim Volts Measured Vakse fehi F noe NOTE For 10m the Actus Reading Cohan displaye SD counts 10 7 Type the OMM reading and cress Erter Check Settings 8 Reconnect the leads aller the test Commissioning Agert Serial Numbers Parameter inierier1 lt 1 1 gt Status Enter IT Votane Check Cell Vottage Iesse Interer 1 lt DCM 1 1 gt Chec
166. gulations GOVERNMENT LICENSEE If you are acquiring the software on behalf of any unit or agency of the United States Government the provisions of Section 3 apply to are incorporated in and are made a part of this Software License Agreement GENERAL This Software License Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Florida except for that body of law dealing with conflicts of law Should you have any questions concerning this Software License Agreement or if you desire to contact Alb rcorp for any reason please contact Alb rcorp 3103 No Andrews Ave Ext Pompano Beach FL 33064 3 GOVERNMENT PROVISIONS The Government acknowledges the representations of the Alb rcorp software as Restricted Computer Software as the term is defined in Clause 52 227 19 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations FAR and is Commercial Computer Software as that term is defined in Clause 52 227 7013 a 1 of the Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement DFARS The Government agrees that i if the software is supplied to the Department of Defense DOD the software is classified as Commercial Computer Software and the Government is acquiring only restricted rights in the software and its documentation as that term is defined in Clause 252 227 7013 c 1 of the DFARS and ii if the software is supplied to any unit or agency of the United States Government other than DOD the Government s rights in the software and
167. he dsplayed valve zj 7 Type the DMM resdina 100 ard press Erker E sonanumoes Parameter Discharge Current Status Enter Discharge Current Parameter Mesoued Vals MortorValue A D Courts Spectication Status V Cheek Cell Voltage Discharge Current 0 4 DA unchecked v Check overail vonage v check intemer See SE Click the Discharge Cunent Measured Value field v Check setings V Cheek Temperature v check Discharge Current String Raus alarm Communication Ratus Response OK Figure 151 Check Discharge Current Comm Asst 29 11 Commissioning Assistant Click the Check Discharge Current button Verify the 15VDC voltage supply is connected to the current transducer Type the discharge current value in the Measured Value field The String Current amps field displays the millivolt value times the shunt value as amps If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed If the measured value fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button 29 4 14 Check Test Current Screen H 1 Perform cre teat cumert calibration for each MPM Commissioning Agent Mi M ital 2 Connect the banana jacks of the calibration shurt srsembly to the OMM 3 Connect the shuni sesembly in sanes with the load cable conesponding to lhe load den that vnl be calbrated w i Equipment owner 4 Inthe Calbuation wiedew ch in the Measuied
168. he same bar to display a pop up menu 21 11 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status LAN oe ef Cell Memo Average Graph or Table gt Maximize Undo Zoom Figure 85 Trend Menu On the pop up menu click Trend then Cell or Average to display the trend analysis graph If the trend analysis box has active Previous Next Parameter arrows you may click them to view other cells All trend analysis screens have a Print button CT ox gt CR Cell Voltage Trend Cell 1 Location Pompano Beach FL Battery BDS Test System 2 String BDS 40 1X40X12V og 5 an DN w Cell volatge V Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2006 Date Time Maximum 2 17 20062 50 26 PM 13 59 I Graph Scale Control Enabled Average 13 43 fi Close B Print Ma Jee Min Minimum 10 17 200610 01 00 AM 1266 m amnia Figure 86 Trend Cell Voltage Typical of all Trend screens To use the Graph Scale Control to vary the y axis scale on the graph click the Graph Scale Control Enabled check box This keeps the y axis the same when viewing other cells To determine a data point numerical value in volts or ohms and date and time for an event on the graph click a dot on the graph The value appears on the upper left Right click a graph to change display features such as font size shadows numeric precision or grid The Average check box averages the readings 21 12 Alarm Data String View gt V
169. heck settings screen 16 10 link system ein 14 7 link system setup screen 14 7 lo threshold eee See low threshold load agent button 0 eee eeeeeeeteeeeneeeeees 29 4 load customer info button ee 29 5 load location info button 29 5 load module diagnostics BDS c ccccccetceteeteeees 27 3 diagnostics MPM o on 26 3 l m diagnostics BDS screen 27 3 27 4 l m diagnostics MPM screen 26 3 load module n button on load module diagnostics BDS 27 3 on load module diagnostics MPM 26 3 Warning eniris ines 26 3 27 3 load off button on load module diagnostics BDS 27 3 on load module diagnostics MPM 26 3 load on button on load module diagnostics BDS 27 3 on load module diagnostics MPM 26 3 load test area on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 6 local computer button on select computer type 4 5 changing to n 4 6 connection steps o oo 8 1 defined EE 6 2 en rean ceessvectectevtonnenavecnect enters 4 5 local port connecting to a location 20 1 local port switch on MPM 6 2 local switch on BD 6 2 location l button on preferences s s s 11 2 l contact area on system s u location 14 3 I contact ck box on system s u reporting 14 10 I name column on string status 21 2 l name field on battery s u general BDS 18 2 on battery s u general MPM 17 2 on system s u ocatt
170. ice After a system is synchronized it can be placed into service Refer to Check Settings Screens for screen shots Note If a system fails to synchronize complete the Battery Setup dialog boxes Before synchronizing you should understand the Upload Close Recheck and Send Time buttons on the Check Settings dialog boxes The Battery Setup password enables Send Time and Upload Upload Button To transfer settings between the computer and monitor click Upload The data transferred depends on computer type A Central computer sends the location battery and string names string ID current date and time to the monitor and the monitor sends all other settings to the computer database Using a Local or Service computer the monitor transfers setup to the computer but names date and time are not sent to the monitor You need to click Upload on only one Check Settings box usually Check SettingsIGeneral If you are uploading a BDS repeat the Upload a second time Close Button After transferring settings using Upload to close Check Settings click Close Recheck Clicking Recheck is the same as clicking SetuplCheck Settings Recheck reloads settings from the database and monitor into the Check Settings boxes Send Time This button sends the date and time from the computer to the monitor without affecting other settings String Status gt Connection RW Complete the Preferences Communication Setup and System Setup dialog boxes th
171. iew alarm SS or View Alarm The MPM or BDS monitor constantly checks threshold values set under Battery Setup As long as alarms are enabled the monitor creates a record of thresholds violated Click View Alarm to display alarm screens 21 12 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status String View gt View alarm SS or View Alarm then if not displayed Get current alarms H or View Current Alarm The Current Alarms screen indicates Active or Latched for the alarm contacts Active indicates a parameter is presently violating a threshold The screen displays the alarm name and start time Latched indicates the parameter returned to normal but the alarm relay must be reset The end time indicates when the alarm event changed to a latched state Peak Value lists the highest or lowest value reached during the event For latch to function enable the latch under Battery Setup for each parameter If latch is not selected the alarm contact de energizes when the parameter returns to normal A record of a present alarm is saved as a Current Historical Alarm Current Alarm d 10 x Eile View E EI ts Total Alarm Number 44 SaaS Sera Start Date Time End Date Time Latch Date Time Peak Value scharge ctive 6 9 2004 10 36 00 AM 6 9 2004 10 37 294M 6 9 2004 10 37 29 AM High Resistance Active 771272004 12 01 26 Alv High Resistance Active 7 12 2004 12 01 25 Al String Status Alarm Figure 87 Current Alarm List String View gt
172. ive Click Get to display the readings and transfer them to the computer The bottom of the screen summarizes resistance and intertier values Intertier cells are indicated in black To stop the test before completion click Stop to S String F 1 IUPS F LOODA Villa Park H Be Yew be Gs el el ESaEIEIESTTSEUEES A kl Date BEES a p PPM sim Stop Got Cel Votage DU Col Resistance ier Resstance Intercell Resistance microhms Interter Femsee nucroten Mer 50 ro emp ek 123 At Inhemer B Cot 192 5 kieper R 24C 52 amp kieper H 7 Cal 232 EJ Min 178 5 et 3 Cad 94 n irde BAM 299 Zeene 7 neti Stam String Statue S ch Communication Statut Risponce OF Pamawond stecht Figure 82 String View Intercell Resistances BDS only To view the Intercell Resistance bar graph click the Intercell Resistance tab Clicking Start when using a BDS selects all DCM s for testing For troubleshooting you may select DiagnosticsIR Test in a DCM and choose which DCM s to resistance test Refer to Resistance Testing Multiple DCM Units Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 9 Historical Graphs String View gt Cell voltage or Cell resistance or Intercell resistance When the BMDM is displaying a String View Cell Voltage Cell Resistance or Intercell Resistance screen you may save or view historical graphs Ba String View gt Save history record he or File Save history record Save Histo
173. k Overall Voltage Check Interior Base Data Cell Voltage Check Float Current Check Temperature Check Discharge Curent Check Test Current Base Data Cell R String Ratus Ais Communication Status Response OK Figure 147 Check Intertier Comm Asst Click the Check Intertier button Measure the intertier voltage type the value in the Measured Value field then press lt Enter gt If the measured value agrees with the calculated value in the monitor the Status area indicates Passed The list dynamically changes to show all intertiers and charger cables You only have to verify one intertier per DCM If the measured value fails calibrate the monitor to the measured value by clicking the Cal button 29 9 29 4 10 Base Data Cell Voltage Screen Commissioning d Commissioning Assistant Commissioning Agent Base Data Cell Voltage v Equipment owner E Continue Later V Send Battery Setup EI Notes Check Settings v Serial Numbers S Check Cell Voltage Cell Voltage w Check Overall Voltage ZE 2st Base Data Cell voltage E jamal 24 5 w Check Temperature 23 v Check Discharge Current Z re 21 v Check Test Current E 20 5 v Base Data Cell R ab Report 16 17 Cell Max 2 434 Min 2107 Average 2 266 E Save Voltages String Status Discharge Occurred Communic
174. l computer This same memory stores setup and calibration data which is backed up to the Central or Local computer during initial setup this process is called synchronizing Flash nonvolatile memory stores uploads of new MPM firmware You can upgrade the firmware on site or remotely The MPM stores these kinds of data Alarms 100 records that show when a parameter went into alarm and left alarm and maximum alarm level Older records in memory are overwritten with more recent events Older records uploaded to a computer are not overwritten Discharge 20 5kb of nonvolatile memory are allocated for discharge data Memory size and the number of cells monitored limit the data stored many short or a few full discharges Each data point requires ten bytes of memory If the discharge storage threshold is 10mv and a typical discharge for 24 cells was to discharge 1 875 volts per cell and the cell voltage was to drop to 1 96 volts with load applied you would calculate the memory required as 20 500 bytes 1 96 1 875 0 010 volts x 10 bytes x 24 cells 10 discharges This worst case assumes all cells discharge to 1 875 volts Increasing the discharge storage threshold can raise the number of discharges the monitor can store Time stamped data allow a full analysis of battery performance during the event Resistance 1 6kb of nonvolatile memory are allocated for resistance data Memory limits the number of resistance tests stored To
175. l computer database and deletes the data from the monitor 7 4 Automatic and Manual Backup Within this section a backup is defined as a file that is generated by the BMDM program automatically or upon user request The BMDM program stores data from the MPM or BDS in a Microsoft Access compatible file As defined in File Types an MDB file is a database file that stores cell and battery readings and setup data A WinZip ZIP file is a compressed file for backup of an MDB database file The working database is automatically saved as a ZIP file at midnight The number 1 is appended to the file name and the extension becomes ZIP Backups are made for three days appended with 1 2 or 3 On the fourth day the oldest backup is overwritten On the first of the month another backup is created with the month and year appended to the file name On subsequent first days of each month another file is created again with the month and year appended At any time to save a database as an MDB database file select FilelSave As To save the MDB file as a ZIP backup file select FilelBackup Database To open a backup file select FilelOpen Backup When the BMDM opens a backup file it converts it from a ZIP to an MDB database file 7 2 Practical Theory Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup The following table summarizes polling extraction and backup for Central Local and Service computer types
176. l the installation is complete and verified per the specifications Note Click the query button to the right of each checklist item for more detailed instructions and information I Verify all components are securely mounted TT Verify 24VAC connections are made per the installation manual J Verify fiber optic connections do not exceed maximum length I Verify sense lead connections are made per the installation manual I Verify load cable connections are made per the installation manual I Verify discharge current sensing device is connected per the installation manual 15V if CT Shunt 1 amps my TT Verify float current sensor is connected per the installation manual Verify temperature probe connections are made per the installation manual I Power Unit ON and try later E Existing System Ignore x Cancel Figure 136 Monitor Pre Power Screen typical The text at the top of the Monitor Pre Power Check List depends upon the Help question mark button clicked The screen is similar for the MPM and BDS monitors As you complete each item check the box before the item When all boxes are checked connect to the string by clicking the Save and Connect button To save a partially completed check list and connect later click Save and Try Later If the string was previously commissioned click Existing System Ignore to connect to the string The remaining commissioning assistant sc
177. lds area on battery s u discharge BDG 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 processor status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 PIOSTAND EEN See BMDM PROM status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 2 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 R LS column on battery s u parameters BDS 18 4 range button 19 1 reboot firmware BDS c cccccccccrteees 27 1 reboot firmware MPM 0n0nnaeanaan 26 1 26 2 recheck button on check settings 15 1 register MaD oreen e nE 6 3 remote reporting ck box on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 13 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 8 remote reporting enable disable button on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 remote reporting note 21 6 remote reporting screen 5 3 remove contact button on contact list s u 14 11 replay speed alhder 21 17 21 18 PODOME eebe dee ES 24 1 Pr alamm event 21 4 r alarm event ecreen 21 4 r all discharges button on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 ck box on battery s u digital input BDS 18 18 on battery s u digital input MPM 17 11 LEE 22 1 r interval area on all discharges s e 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 10 t OPTION poie eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 6
178. le button on indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 a event DOXES oo cece ceececeeeseseeeeeees 21 4 a reset button on MPM BDS 21 15 a reset switch on BDS 15 2 a reset switch on MM 15 2 a setup screen 22 11 a type area on alarmS ei 22 11 on historical alarm selection 21 14 acknowledoe 21 4 21 15 Index ET 21 12 deleting from database 21 14 recOrde cree 9 1 9 2 TEE 22 11 thresholds on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 11 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 7 alarm threshold count box ON preferences ssesesesesesereserererese 11 2 AlberDemo mdb nie 4 1 all available button on system S u reportmg eee 14 10 all button on system s u reporting 14 10 all dates button on historical alarm selection 21 14 All GISCNAMrGE se eeeececeeeseeeeneeseeeeeeseeens 21 15 all discharge screen 21 15 all types button on historical alarm selection 21 14 alpha button on contact information sseeeeeeeeeee 14 13 on system s u reporting eee 14 9 alternate field title field on preferences 11 2 always contact ck box on contact information eee 14 12 amp hours amp hours field on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 with Peukert s equation eee 10 1 amps per millivolt on battery s u general BIG 18 2 on battery s u general MPM 17 2 answer port area
179. le to compare data before saving a currently open report To open and display an archive file click Open Archive select the subdirectory and file name then click Open Use the toolbar buttons to change the page size and view different pages To print the report click Print To close the file click the Close button Archive files cannot be changed 23 4 Archive Reader Program The Archive Reader distributed with the Report Generator is used to view and print ZRF files when the Report Generator program is unavailable It is typically sent with archive files when these files are sent to locations that do not have the Report Generator You may freely copy and distribute the Archive Reader when required The Report Generator is a licensed product and may not be duplicated for multiple site use You may download the Archive Reader from the Alb r Web site at www alber com and copy it to a CD for distribution with ZRF files 23 2 Using the Web Report Generator 24 Using the Web Report Generator Every 24 hours the Web Report Generator automatically creates and saves an executive summary report as a PDF file at Program Files Alber MPM Manager Web SystemSummary New reports overwrite previous reports automatically or when you manually generate a report You may view the executive summary report by connecting via the Web to albermonitor com 24 1 Setting Up the Web Report String Status gt highlight a name then Reports Setup To enable aut
180. ll column on battery s u parameters BDS 18 8 cell field on battery s u parameters MPM 17 4 cell label start from area on system s u battery eee 14 5 phone for messages 14 11 trend ANALYSIS 0 eseeeeeteeeeeeeeees 21 11 cell column on cell resistance alarm levels BDS 18 11 on cell resistance alarm levels MPM 17 7 cell resistance alarm levels box DS A ccna lee aA 18 11 MPM getest deet ee 17 7 cell resistance alarm levels screen BER Ee eee 18 11 MPM BEE 17 7 cell resistance threshold area on battery s u float alarms BDS 18 11 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 6 cells c below threshold area on summary21 21 c column on battery s u parameters BDS EE 18 4 central computer button on select computer type 4 5 changing fo 4 6 connection teg 8 2 defteg ue ENEE 6 1 defining vaccscsaceccscsaseccsusavaseovnacevsenacnsesvnnsavens 4 5 extracting data 7 2 PONO neniesan 7 2 change elapsed time alder 21 18 change time slider eseese 21 19 changing computer type ceee 4 6 changing names or jio 14 1 charger control button on contacts diagnostics MPM 26 7 charger ripple frequency on battery s u general BDS 18 2 check cell voltage in comm asst 29 8 check DCM address button on comm error diagnostics BDS 27 9 check discharge current in comm asst 29 12 check float current in comm asst
181. ll Resistance All None Digital Wo Figure 106 Alarms Setup Select Include String Memos to include string memos in the report Alarm Types area Alarm types that you may include in the report are high and low overall voltage high intertier resistance high and low cell voltage high cell resistance and high and low temperature Select these items to include full details of each alarm not just a summary If Digital I O is selected the system generates an alarm if a digital input is selected on the battery setup digital output screen 22 11 Using the Report Generator 22 12 Summary Report String Status gt Summary report or String View gt View Reports Summary see text To create a Summary report that includes data only for the string to which the system is connected click ViewlReportsISummary String View screen To create a Summary report for all strings in the system click the Summary Report button String Status screen The Summary Setup box appears A report generated using the Summary Report button may be more than 100 printed pages long Summary Setup E 2lsl setup Name Preview iq New Report Setup gt Discharge Setup Nea paiera M Include Discharge Report i New Delete _Sort_ M Include Customer Info M Include Monitor Status M Include Location Info Include Status Parameters EH m Threshold Deviation M Include Show Percent IT Start New Page C Show Value Maintance Recommendatio
182. llowing appear on the General dialog box al Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input LGS Pompano Beach FL Station Phone Number Measure Points 48 Shunt Value amps my 5 4 Location Name Battery Name MPM System 1 String Name MPM 100 2242 Date 17 17 2014 Float Current Multiplier 1 Time 12 01 PM Remote Reporting e Enable Disable Telco MUX C C Network Setup Password IPAddress 10 203 123 45 Re type Password Netmask 255 255 0 0 TC Auto Send Time Gateway Time Difference Hours 0 Esm b s String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 51 Battery Setup General MPM Location Name Battery Name String Name Location battery and string names identify the strings and hardware to which the monitor is connected Make sure databases have the same names to ensure proper connection Location battery and string names can only be changed under SetuplSystem Date Time The date and time of the computer When you send a new configuration to the monitor it sends this date and time Station Phone Number Type the telephone number of the Central computer the MPM monitor calls when a system goes into alarm or discharge Measure Points This is defined by Monitor Configuration on Setup System String Normally do not change the Measure Points number however you may change it for custom configurations BDS only
183. lly commissioned or for which you want to exchange equipment To open the assistant first connect to the string On the String View screen select ViewlReports Commissioning Report to display one of the Open Commissioning Assistant screens These screens appear for a commissioned string or a partially commissioned string if Continue Later was clicked during a commissioning session BDS 256 i BDS 40 Base x Open Commissioning Assistant Open Commissioning Assistant Open existing Commissioning session Open existing new commissioning session Date Commissioned date Exchange an existing piece of equipment Exchange an existing piece of equipment VC C Entire BDS 40 Base unit J7 Extemal Load module or RTM XLR Controller tray only J7 DCM 480 or DCM L48 D C DCM tray only Select DCM P 1 OK Cancel MPM 100 Open Commissioning Assistant One of three MPM or BDS Open Open existinginew commissioning session Commissioning Assistant screens appears Options on these screens let you open an existing commissioning session or exchange a piece of equipment in the system Exchanging equipment requires that the string be commissioned again C Exchange MPM 100 and re commission Cancel Figure 138 Open Commissioning Assistant To continue with a session click the Open Existing New Commissioning Session option button then click OK If replacing hardware on a previously commissioned string click the Exchange Equipment option
184. low cell voltage overall voltage temperature resistance and current select violation threshold values that activate an alarm during a float condition These thresholds are deactivated for 30 minutes following a resistance test If a discharge occurs the alarms are disabled until the overall voltage recovers to a value above the low threshold High Cell Voltage Warning volts Type a value between the Low Cell Voltage and High Cell Voltage levels This setting affects the bar graph colors on the Cell Voltage String View screen During normal float condition the bar colors change as follows High Violation eee Red Bar Colors for all Warming ssenieiisesisrinenisie Blue N rmal and bl ac cee DEE S Sei Violation T es DTN RH SS Out of Range Values Maroon Negative Cell Voltage Black 17 7 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM Percentage for Warning Determines the violation threshold that causes a Warning battery status The value entered is a percentage of the internal resistance alarm For example if the internal resistance alarm is set to 100 microhms and the percentage for warning is 75 the system issues a warning when the internal resistance is between 75 and 100 microhms When the value exceeds 100 microhms the system issues an alarm Warning status is displayed only on the String Status and Historical Events screens not on the Alarms screen Latch When selected the alarm contact stays energized until manuall
185. m Discharge Selections Iw Enable Iw Latch Iw Critical Alarm I Maintenance Alarm Deviation Storage Thresholds Log Threshold for Cell Voltage mv Log Threshold for OY 100 s mv amps H Log Threshold for Current Digital Input Digital Qutput LGS k Time To Go BDS 256 1X40K12 Amp Hours 0 Peukert Number 0 000 Problem Discharge Thresholds Discharge Detection Method Low Cell Voltage volts 10 000 volts 400 0 E minutes il C VoltageMode Current Mode Level amps 25 0 Low Overall Voltage Maximum Discharge Time Report Option Ze Report all discharges Report problem discharge only Disable Close Communication Status Polling System Status EH Send String Status Good Password OK Figure 69 Battery Setup Discharge BDS Discharge Selections Area Enable Select to let the monitor capture and store discharge data If not selected the BDS does not log discharges Latch When selected the alarm contact stays energized until manually reset If not selected the alarm contact de energizes when the discharge condition clears Critical Alarm and Maintenance Alarm Two alarm contacts are available Select Critical Alarm or Maintenance Alarm to define which contacts energize upon alarm If neither is selected alarm reporting is disabled for discharge These settings do not affect bar graph colors Discharge Detection Method Area Select Voltag
186. m The Historical Alarm screen shows a history of alarms transferred to the computer database using Current Historical Alarm Select Historical Alarm to display a list of alarm events that pertain to the battery and are saved in the database 21 13 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status Historical Alarm a H UI wl gl R Total Alarm Number 107 File View Normal 6 2 2003 8 47 54 AM E High Cell Voltage 4 Normal 7 12 2004 12 31 46 AW 7 12 2004 1 55 11 AM String Status Alarm Communication Status Response OK Sort Alarm Name A Figure 88 Historical Alarm List oe PE String View gt View alarm mt or View Alarm then Select historical alarms or View Selection If any alarm records exist select Selection to display the Historical Alarm Selection dialog box then choose alarm filters such as All Dates or Selected Types so only alarms of interest appear String View gt View alarm or View Alarm then File Delete or File Delete All To delete an alarm from the database highlight the alarm line then select FilelDelete To delete all alarms for the string select FilelDelete All If the Historical Alarm list is filtered using the Historical Alarm Selection box selecting Delete All will delete all alarms in the database not just those listed on the screen Historical Alarm Selection loj x Alarm Date Alarm Type AllDates All Types Selected Types IV High Overall Voltage Starting Date JV Low
187. m condition reset Output Name Type a name that describes the external device being controlled Trigger Name From the drop down list select a parameter that energizes the Control Output relay contact String The BDS Controller can have up to eight strings In the String box select All or the number that corresponds to the string number on System SetupIString Enable Select Enable to energize a rear panel Control Output contact on a trigger event Latch When selected the Control Output contact energizes until manually reset If not selected the Control Output de energizes when the trigger event clears Note For BDS setup the system shows information based on string one only If you have more than one they are defaulted from string one 18 19 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 9 Battery Setup LGS BDS String View gt Setup Battery LGS Leibert Global Services LGS offers a service in which its Customer Response Center CRC remotely monitors your Alber BDS or MPM equipment and other facility devices around the clock The CRC evaluates alarms and provides immediate telephone and e mail assistance using a customer defined response and escalation plan For details about subscribing to the service phone 800 748 3666 or 800 SITEMON or e mail LGS monitoring Leibert com If you have subscribed to an LGS monitoring plan complete the Battery SetupILGS dialog box as follows Battery Setup System T
188. may contain unrecoverable battery data regularly back up MDB files to another computer to help prevent data loss Refer to Automatic and Manual Backup 4 6 Default Passwords The BMDM program has one default password alber which accesses all areas of the program and can be changed by the user It is important to note that different passwords may be selected for various program areas New passwords may be alphanumeric and are not case sensitive Additional passwords may be needed when using options For example when setting up an email account for alarm notification the password is determined externally and is not changeable using the BMDM Be certain to record new passwords for reference If lost they cannot be retrieved and you will have to contact Alber for an unlock code System Setup Password A password for System Setup is stored in the BMDM database and may be eight characters long To change it from the String Status screen select SetuplSystemlPassword Refer to System Setup Password Battery Setup Password A password for the Battery Setup Calibration Diagnostics and Check Settings Upload screens is stored in MPM or BDS firmware and must be five characters To change it from String Status select Setup BatterylGeneral Refer to Battery Setup General MPM or BDS The Battery Setup password is cleared from the MPM or BDS firmware when the Alarm Reset switch clears existing names Refer to the Clear Existing Names On si
189. metne aie when tolesance pettorm a resistance teat toe each sang on the system 2 Cick the Start button The resistance test may take up to an hour depending on battery configuration and lel potornetes zc 3 When the resistance text is fished the Get buton becomes active 4 Geh thee Dei bulon to updos Bes omits ol the bast 5 Verity al reading of cell resistances and interter values are conect for the cell or module tested E Il any readings are encecsrrely Pagh o ke verdy the connectors lo lhose cels or modules E Continnse Later Notes 12007899 12 00 00 s Stat Stop Get 12033 120000 a 1200 1899 12 00 00 a Coll Resistance n UDNGI 1Z0C0 ow 12001888 170000 s 23 SET 12000888 120000 a 23 IZON ENEE K 120S 021209 p SAINT 021953 p Max 31250 String Ratus Discharge Occurred Communication Status Response OK Figure 154 Base Data Cell Resistance Comm Asst Click the Base Data Cell R button If necessary click the Start button to perform a resistance test Then check a box in the left column to select a test that will be used to establish alarm levels and be stored as baseline data Click the Send Save Thr Base button On the next screen accept the defaults or make changes if required then click OK 29 13 Commissioning Assistant Save base line and send thresholds Jolsl m Cell Resistance Threshold C Global Individual Based on a 12 Volt cell mode individual thresholds h
190. mos Graph Scaling area Click Auto to default to automatic graph scaling or click Manual and type the Max and Min graph scale values Use Manual scaling when you want to maintain scaling to make it easier to compare several graphs Report Output area Click Text to create a report with text only click Graph for graphs only Click Both to include both text and graphs in the report Data Sets area To manually select string data sets to include in the report click the data sets in the list or click All to select all items If Auto Include All Data Sets is selected strings that violate thresholds are already selected To clear all selected items click None To delete all selected items from the database click Delete If the selected range contains no data no dates appear under Data Sets 22 2 Using the Report Generator 22 2 Detail Cell Resistance Report String View gt View Reports Detail Cell Resistance To create a Detail Cell Resistance report click Cell Resistance The Detail Cell Resistance Setup box appears Detail Cell Resistance Setup 2 x Setup Preview Data Sets All None Delete C Use Preset Thresholds Override Preset Thresholds Baseline 0 String 1 TNL SES 0 000 15 3 2006 04 20 00 p I Show Average Trend M 5 5 2006 02 41 40 p M 7 27 2006 03 36 26 p E Auto Include all Data Sets C 7 27 2006 04 41 11 p JV Include String Memos 97 27 2006 04 57 57 p JV Include Cell Memos Graph Scaling
191. n V Include V Include Probable Cause Notes M Start New Page J Include Corrective Action Notes Status Parameters M Overall Voltage M Include Detail Overall Voltage M Cell Voltage I Include Detail Cell Voltage WM Cell Resistance Include Detail Cell Resistance V IT Resistance IT Include Detail IT Resistance M Temperature IT Include Detail Temperature Figure 107 Summary Setup Setup Name area You can save the options and discharge times as a template so you do not have to choose them each time you generate a report After choosing the options type a name in the Setup Name box and click New to save the template To view existing templates click the arrows To delete a template display it and click Delete Although the same name can be used for different templates you may want to use a unique name for each template Select Include Customer Info and Include Location Info to include the customer and location names addresses and contact information in the report Select Include Monitor Status to print Last Known Status which lists string name monitor status string status and the date and time of the last known status Select Include Status Parameters to print Parameter Status as of Last Reading which lists the following if they are checked under Status Parameters overall voltage low and high cell voltage and cell resistance highest intertier resistance and average temperature 22 12
192. nalysis Click Discharge Replay to play back the discharge Click Discharge Curve to display line graphs of up to three specified parameters 21 17 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 14 1 Discharge Replay String View gt View Load test or Discharge then Discharge replay Hl or View Discharge Replay Click the Discharge Replay button to display the Discharge Replay screen which shows the variations of cell levels over time Discharge Replay E lelxi File Yiew Option el al el gt Get jal lt gt peal ail Dea Replay Speed ema Cell Voltage V Duration 00 00 06 Time Interval 00 00 00 OV M 537 Current 1 A 0 D String Status alarm Communication Status Polling System Status Figure 91 Discharge Replay Play Buttons Show First Show Previous Show Next Show Last Replay Backward Replay Forward and Stop The play buttons are at the top of the screen Click Replay Forward to play the discharge The display advances either by time or voltage at the rate selected Move the Replay Speed slider at the upper right to increase or decrease replay speed You can click a point on the lower graph or move the Change Elapsed Time slider at the lower right to cause the bar graph to display the cell voltages for the time selected The Duration Time Interval Overall Voltage and Current are indicated above the slider 21 18 21 14 2 Discharge Curve Viewing Battery and M
193. nance to define which contacts energize upon alarm If neither is selected the Remote Reporting check box clears and alarm reporting is disabled for that parameter These settings do not affect bar graph colors 18 13 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 5 Battery Setup System BDS String View gt Setup Battery System The Thermal Runaway and Hardware parameters are used to trigger system events Thermal runaway can be a very destructive and serious condition on standby batteries if not identified in the beginning of the development stages If thermal runaway is ignored severe damage to the battery as well as surrounding equipment can occur resulting in costly repairs or worse injury to personnel In all cases thermal runaway can lead to abrupt system failure and disruption of service if not detected A proactive method of some form must be instituted to deal with a thermal runaway condition Furthermore as described in the International Fire Code IFC VRLA battery systems shall be provided with a listed device or other approved method to preclude detect and control thermal runaway IFC 608 3 Battery Setup x Discharge Digital Input Digital Output LGS General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Thermal Runaway Latch Reporting Critical Maintenance High Float Current mamps 0 Temperature Delta 0 z a 7 Battery Temperature DCM Probe DCM 1 Probe 1 Ambient T
194. nce and no acknowledgement is required When finished click Save or click the next Contact List tab 14 7 1 Using a Cell Phone for Text Messaging You may use a cell phone to receive text messages Type your provider s TAP telephone number in the Access Telephone Number field and type your cell phone number in the Pager PIN Number field You can find cell phone provider TAP telephone numbers at www notepager com tap phone numbers htm Not all cell phone providers offer this text messaging service The Email or Pager fields can also send text messages to a cell phone 14 8 System Setup Contact List String Status gt Setup System Contact List The Contact List dialog box selects persons to be contacted during an alarm reporting event in addition to those listed on the Customer and Location dialog boxes zii Customer Location Battery String Link Reporting Contact List Password Contact List Contacts First Choice bd New Delete Name Le 2 Ed 3 Raphael Remove Contact New Delete Figure 31 System Setup Contact List Contact List Each Contact List group name contains a group of persons to contact To create a new Contact List name click New in the left Contact List panel The Contact List Name dialog box appears At List Name type a name then click OK Delete left panel To remove a contact list group name from the list click a name from the drop down Contact List and
195. nd alarm reporting is disabled for that input These settings do not affect the bar graph colors 18 18 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 8 Battery Setup Digital Output BDS String View gt Setup Battery Digital Output The Digital Output dialog box is available only when connected to String 1 of the BDS controller as defined on SetuplSystem String Not available for BDS 40 Note Hardware failure Latching should be enabled when using this trigger Battery Setup tm x jugs General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms System Discharge Digital Input Enable Latch IT Output Name Trigger Name Output 1 High Discharge Current Output 2 High Discharge Curent v Output 3 High Discharge Curent v Output 4 High Discharge Curent v Outputs Tu Discharge Current x out Tu Discharge Current x Output 7 High Discharge Current E did ud ud edad od ul Output 8 High Discharge Current String Status Good Communication Status Requesting Cell Connection Password OK Figure 71 Battery Setup Digital Output BDS 256 The BDS has eight optional relay contact control outputs you can define to trigger on an alarm event After defining an Output Name and Trigger Name the associated digital output can change state on an alarm to control a user selected device If you select Latch the output latches The relay is a Form C contact that de energizes upon alar
196. nd type a new value After editing click OK Note Values are not saved until Save or Send is clicked on the Float Alarms or another Battery Setup box Alarm Thresholds For high and low cell voltage overall voltage temperature and resistance select violation threshold values that activate an alarm during a float condition These thresholds are deactivated for 30 minutes following a resistance test If a discharge occurs the alarms are disabled until the overall voltage recovers to a value above the low threshold 18 11 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS High Cell Voltage Warning volts Type a value between the Low Cell Voltage and High Cell Voltage levels This setting affects the bar graph colors on the Cell Voltage String View screen During normal float condition the bar colors change as follows High Violation cee Red Bar Colors for all Warming encisa Blue N rmal nd AE BEE ied Violation Types Low Violation ee Out of Range Values Maroon Negative Cell Voltage Black String View gt Setup Battery Float Alarms Input Level then Save or Cancel Intertier Resistance Input Level Click Input Level to display the Input Alarm Level box Type the resistance alarm level threshold in microhms for each intertier The cell numbers in this box are the lower of the two cell numbers across which the intertier is connected These cell numbers are selected under Battery Setup Parameters Note The cha
197. ne cable it may not be possible to get the float current sensor around all the cables In this case you may connect the sensor around one of the cables and set the Float Current Multiplier for the total number of cables The connecting cables must be of equal length Remote Reporting Enable and Disable Globally enables or disables the monitor remote reporting function For a parameter to report on alarm do not select the global Disable Alarm Reporting on Setup Preferences and select Remote Reporting on SetupI BatterylFloat Alarms or Setup Battery Discharge Telco MUX Enable and Disable Select Enable when using a Telco multiplexer This can only be set when the BDS Controller is connected to String 1 Password To change the battery setup password type the new password in the Password and Re type Password boxes The password may be up to five alphanumeric characters long IP Address Netmask and Gateway Displays the IP address netmask and gateway typed on Setup SystemlLink Send Network Configuration Click this button to send the IP address netmask and gateway to the BDS The BDS must have the internal network option installed This button transfers address only when BDSs are connected via RS 232 or modem not network Set BDS Default Values Click to transfer parameters for the Monitor Configuration selected under System SetuplString to the Battery Setup Parameters and Battery Setup Float Alarms dialog boxes and to the Measure
198. ne customer you may identify a region division etc Complete the Customer Address details Note You cannot have two identical customer names Selecting different customers changes the available locations on the Location dialog box Customer Contact Type the name and contact information of the person at the customer location responsible for the battery system This name may be used for reports faxed using SetuplSystemlReporting When finished click Save to save to the database or click the Location tab to continue setup 14 2 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System 14 3 System Setup Location String Status gt Setup System Location Before completing the Location dialog box confirm the correct customer is selected on the Customer box Customer Location Battery String Link Reporting Contact List Password Location Name Pompano Beach FL D New Location Address 7 Delete Street Address 3103 North Andrews Ave Ext By Save City Pompano Beach State FL ZIP 33064 Location Contact Name OoOo O Department Phone Number 954 6236660 Ext FAX Number beueneen CS Email Address alber alber com Customer Alber Figure 26 System Setup Location CAUTION Clicking the Delete button deletes all information for the displayed location All batteries and strings set up for the location will be lost Location Name required Type the name and address where the monitor is installed Location battery
199. nformation being entered applies Cell Model and Cell Manufacturer Type the cell model number and manufacturer String Capacity Type the capacity of the individual string in amp hours String Name of MPM MPM only Assign individual string names within the MPM The fields available depend upon the monitor configuration selected If the MPM has two or more strings such as a 2 x 24 you may type names for each string These names appear in reports where string names are used The default names are String 1 2 3 and 4 Disabled for BDS When finished click Save or click the next Link tab 14 6 System Setup Link String Status gt Setup System Link The Link dialog box enables polling and sets computer to monitor connection Before completing this dialog box confirm the correct customer location battery and string are selected on the Customer Location Battery and String boxes Workstation Customer Location Battery String Link Reporting Contact List Password Direct Modem Phone Number 1 954 623 6660 BY Save Network IPAddess 1220000000 Network Port 502 Netmask 255 255 2550 2 C2C Gateway fi2sit m Polline Enable Disable Extract Time j2 00 AM hh mm am pm MUXID f0 Figure 29 System Setup Link You must select either Direct or Modem or Network Direct Select if the monitor directly connects to a computer serial port On the SetuplCommunication box define the CO
200. nge Refer to the Multitel Inc Float Charging Current Probe User s Manual 17 4 Battery Setup Programming Battery Setup for the MPM 17 3 Battery Setup Test Parameters MPM String View gt Setup Battery Test Parameters The following appear on the Test Parameters dialog box General Parameters Lest Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input LGS Historical Log Resistance Test Load Test re Enable Disable Ce Enable Disable C Enable Disable Period days 2 Period days 1 Period days 0 Length minutes 0 Ze Standard C Average 1 String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK EA Send fl Close Figure 53 Battery Setup Test Parameters MPM Logging R Test Time Mode area Click the Absolute Date and Time option button to specify the exact day of the month from 1 to 28 29 30 and 31 are not used and time the historical log is updated and the resistance test is performed Click the Day Interval button to specify how often in days the historical log is updated and the resistance test is performed Historical Log area Click Enable to activate then complete Period days and Period time described below Specify how often in days or the date and time the voltages currents and temperatures are recorded in the history log Period days and Period time Either select how often the historical log is updated or select the day of the month
201. nitor Connection Type a x Select Monitor ConnectionT ype Serial Port The PC directly connects to the monitor via 4 serial port or a USB to serial port adaptor Modem The PC connects to the monitor via a phone line C Network The PC connects to the monitor via local or wide area network LAN WAN Figure 7 Configure Station Monitor Connection Type Select the method by which the monitor is connected to the computer Select Serial Port ajx Select Serial Port Number com 1 DI Size Figure 8 Configure Station Select Serial Port If communicating via serial port select a COM port Using Configure Station Select Number of Modems sl Select Number of Modems Used Ze Polling Answer Port Only There is only one modem and phone line connected to the PC Polling Answer Port and Answer Port There are two modems and two phone lines connected to the PC XM Cancel Figure 9 Configure Station Select Number of Modems If communicating via modem select the number of modems in use For details refer to Setting Communications Set Modem Port xi Set Port Number of Modem Polling Answer COM Port Number com 2 D Answer COM Port Number com 3 DI X Cancel Figure 10 Configure Station Set Modem Port If communicating via modem select the modem COM ports For details refer to Setting Communications Di H
202. nning Firmware Displays the memory type from which the firmware is running Typically this is the PROM but the system can upload a new version to Flash memory Firmware Version Displays the version of firmware running 26 2 MPM Diagnostics 26 3 Load Module MPM String View gt Diagnostics Load Module The Load Module diagnostic tests each load connection to the battery This diagnostic tests the connections load cable fuses load relays and load module and can confirm actual load current Refer to the left side of the load connections drawing in the installation manual to determine the load steps used for each configuration The Load Module also has a diagnostic that can confirm the direction of the current transducer To test each load connection open Load Module Diagnostics select Load Module then click the Test Current tab on the dialog box Identify the configuration that applies to the installation You can turn on each load step and confirm the current for that step Each load step must be from 17 to 23 amps when energized WARNING When testing do not leave the load module on for a long time The load module can overheat and damage hardware if not allowed to cool between tests The load module automatically turns off after 10 seconds Self Test DIP Indicator Digital Port Memory Contacts Intertier r Select Load Module Load Module 1 Load Module 2 Load Module 3 Load Module 4
203. nput Dialog box choose a string name from the drop down list then click OK The screen displays all the historical events for the selected string S Historical Events 4 J 15 xi Edit view Sort _ String ID Customer Name Battery Name D 2 ALBERCORP BATTERY amp 40 STRING 2 Low Temperature 1 Alarm Active ALBERCORP BATTERY 840 STRING 2 High Temperature 2 Alarm Active 3 10 2004 8 59 03 PM ALBERCORP BATTERY amp 40 STRING 2 Low Cell Voltage Alarm at Cell 37 Active 3 2 2004 5 12 11 PM View fan Strings Sort String Name A Figure 79 Historical Events Viewing Battery and Monitor Status Alarm Detail A computer polling or receiving an alarm call from a monitor receives and displays this information if Remote Reporting options are enabled under Setup Battery Float Alarms Remote Reporting is enabled on Setup BatterylGeneral Report Option is not disabled on Setup BatterylDischarge and Disable Alarm Reporting is not checked on Setup Preferences The Alarm Detail column can report the following conditions which do not have priority ratings assigned High Cell Voltage at String n Cell n High Intertier Resistance n Low Cell Voltage at String n Cell n Discharge High Resistance at String n Cell n Digital Input n High Intercell Resistance at String n Cell n UPS Low Voltage High Overall Voltage UPS Line Fail Low Overall Voltage Pager Busy High Float Current Pager Error Warning at String n Cell n Pager Fail
204. nscesesduss EES NEE 22 3 22 3 Detail Intercell Resistance Report 22 4 22 4 Trend Cell Voltage Reports sssscsesttsccescsssccsoete stu sbgstecaseeet seesbessseesectcsdubs EEN 22 5 22 5 Trend Cell R sistance Reports seitse ore orree oeaio REENEN EERSTEN HESE 22 6 22 6 Trend Intercell Report a rr rae a aer ENEE EES tetasscopblvssesseeseesoeteave 22 7 22 7 Trend Overall Voltage Report ee thsascenssevshcossessacvesdves EES 22 8 22 8 Trend Temperature Report 22 9 vi 22 9 Trend Intertier REpott 1 2 2 5 cenkasss acne les here EENS ae 22 9 22 10 Discharge Remote ege se sesstvese yet ve oases E E EE EE E EEEE ETE sh 22 10 KN D EN 22 11 22 12 S umm fy EE 22 12 23 UemwGTDEERDNIEWERDERN Seeerei ESA 23 1 23 1 Saving a Report in Archive ZRF Format 23 2 23 2 Printin a Remote ENEE eeh 23 2 23 3 Opening an Archive bleu spi esri E r ee rE EE EE E eere 23 2 23 4 Archive Reader Program Ee EEREESEEEEE arai Tr a ee r T Eos EEr koiri 23 2 24 USING THE WEB REPORT GENERATOR En 24 1 24 1 Setting Up the Web Renort ee eecceecesecesecssecsaecaecseecaeseaeseaesseseeesseeseesaeesaeenaeenaesaes 24 1 24 2 Generating an Executive Summary Report 24 3 25 CALIBRATION ees Ee EE ee 25 1 26 MPM DIAGNOSTICS Sieen eree e EE A E E AN 26 1 26 1 Rebooting and Power Up Diagnostics OMDM ee eeceeeesecesecssecese case caeeeneeeeeseeeeeeseneeeeeees 26 1 26 2 Self Test MPM tege a Maeda eel tid iat dud nae aie a 26 2 26 3 Load Module M
205. ntes MPM FIS eseu EENS AER Teee EEES E Ae E EEES E oer E ir EE EEES 4 6 Figure 7 Configure Station Monitor Connection Type esssseesssreesesessessesrreresreereserrrnerresrestenrsseenrssenees 5 1 Figure 8 Configure Station Select Serial Port 5 1 Figure 9 Configure Station Select Number of Modems A 5 2 Figure 10 Configure Station Set Modem Pont 5 2 Figure 11 Configure Station Set Dial Prefix 0 eee eeceeecesecesecssecseecaeecaeeeeeseeeeeeesseesseceseesaeeaeenaeeaes 5 2 Figure 12 Configure Station Set Station Phone Number 5 3 Figure 13 Configure Station Remote Renortng ee ee ceecesecssecssecneecseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseensecsseesaecsaeenaeeaes 5 3 Figure 14 Configure Station Remote Reporting Types cece ces ceecsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseensecesecsaecsaeesaeeaee 5 3 Figure 15 Configure Station Email Setup oo ccc eeeeceseceseceecesecsecseecaeeeaeseaeseeeseseseeneeeaeesaecsaessaesaes 5 4 Figure 16 Configure Station Select Printer 2 0 0 eeceecesecesecesecesecseecseecseseaeeeeeeseesseeeseesseesaeesaeenaeeaee 5 4 Figure 17 Configure Station Set Temperature 5 4 Figure 18 Configure Station Information eee eeceseceseceseceseceaecaeecaeeeaeseaeseaeeesesseenseeaeesaecsaeenaeeaee 5 5 Figure 19 BMDM Configuration Wizard Opening Screen 5 5 Figure 20 Computer Types Backup Polling and Extraction Table 7 3 Fig re 21 Preferences innige a cecehieent EEN te evtden ede N aE A TE te 11 1 Figure 22 Communication Setup 12 1
206. number of cells monitored limit the data stored many short or a few full discharges Each data point requires ten bytes of memory The discharge storage threshold is 10mv If a typical discharge for 192 cells was to discharge 1 65 volts per cell and the cell voltage was to drop to 1 96 volts when load was applied you would calculate the memory required as 160 000 bytes 1 96 1 65 0 010 volts x 10 bytes x 192 cells 2 7 discharges This worst case assumes all cells reach end voltage Time stamped data allow a full analysis of battery performance during the event Resistance 10 6kb of nonvolatile memory are allocated for resistance data Memory limits the number of resistance tests stored To calculate the number of resistance records available use the formula 10 600 bytes Number of cells x 4 30 For a string of 192 cells there is enough memory for 12 records Historical Data With 32kb of nonvolatile memory available historical readings of cell voltage temperature overall voltage and current are taken at intervals set under Battery Setup To calculate the number of historical records available use the formula 32 000 bytes Number of cells x 2 38 For a string of 192 cells there is enough memory for 75 records 9 2 Practical Theory Understanding the Time to Go Algorithm Practical Theory 10 Understanding the Time to Go Algorithm The battery Amp hour Ah rating indicates the current Amps
207. oad test or Discharge then View Discharge Curve Option Curve Option On the Discharge Curve screen select OptionlCurve Option to display the Curve Option dialog box which lets you select up to three parameters for viewing 21 19 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status Curve Option xj Curve 1 Overall Voltage Discharge Current Current 1 a Cell Voltage String Cell Is H Curve 2 C Overall Voltage Discharge Current Curent 1 7 Cell Voltage Sting 124 cen 1 24 C None Curve 3 C Overall Voltage Discharge Current Curent 1 D C Cell Voltage String T Cell es 2 None x Cancel Figure 93 Curve Option In Curve 1 2 or 3 select Overall Voltage Discharge Current or Cell Voltage curves If you select Discharge Current choose a Current for string 1 2 3 or 4 from the drop down list The MPM has strings 1 to 4 available the BDS has only string 1 If you select Cell Voltage choose a string and cell number If an invalid current string or cell number is selected the area appears on the Discharge Curve screen but no curve is displayed If you select None in Subset 2 or 3 the area does not appear 21 20 21 14 3 Summary Viewing Battery and Monitor Status String View gt View Load test or Discharge then Summary Ga or View Summary Select Summary to display the Summary screen Summary File view Option a z
208. ocationName gt Actual monitor and in database battery name is lt BatteryName gt Actual string name is lt StringName gt SERVICE cannot be deleted The user tries to delete Service location Invalid name Input invalid location name pee nae 105 106 The telephone number of string lt StringName gt is not set 108 The pager number of string lt StringName gt is not set 7 100 101 109 Number of strings or configuration is not set properly 110 You have to setup customer info before setup location info You have to setup location info before setup battery info Po ts You have to setup battery info before setup string info Location name battery name and string name do not exist Location name is lt LocationName gt Battery Po DEER Po i ee 1 1 103 104 107 11 12 13 1 name is lt BatteryName gt String name is lt StringName gt 114 115 The number of data set is lt SetNum gt More than one data set must exist before a trending analysis can be performed 116 117 118 200 201 202 The currently selected COM Port COM When initializing COM port lt ComPortNum gt does not exist Press OK and choose a different port 30 1 Error Codes The currently selected COM Port COM When initializing COM port lt ComPortNum gt is already in use by another program Press OK and choose a different port The currently selected Com Port Com When initializing COM port lt ComPortNum gt is no
209. oltage screen bar graph shows the voltage of each cell or module within the battery A readings summary appears at the bottom The cells with the maximum and minimum values are indicated as Max n and Min n If current channel and temperature transducers are installed these readings also appear If you click a bar on the graph the cell voltage value appears in the box near the top left Network Connecti String 1B B UPS Modi 400K A L Boca Raton Lab WW 18 sl File View Setup Diagnostics Resistance La By AS S String 1B B UPS Modi 400KV4L B v ak Start Stop Get Cell Voltage V cell Resistance SSES Cell Voltage 4 TTG 000 05 24 Cell Voltage Y r Other Parameters Max 40 13 300 Overall Voltage V 539 7 Temperature 2 b T Min 4 13 280 Discharge Current A 185 3 F D T Average 13 285 Temperature 1 F 84 Tempi String Status Discharging Communication Status Response OK Password op Figure 80 String View Cell Voltages MPM shown Clicking certain text in the lower portion of the String View screen displays screens related to the item clicked For example clicking Other Parameters Overall Voltage displays the Overall Voltage Trend screen If the Peukert number is enabled for the MPM under Battery Setup Discharge the screen displays the TTG Time to Go and Discharge Duration boxes During discharge TTG gives an estimate of the
210. omatic Web report generation select the Detail Executive Report Enable check box on Setup Preferences To set up report format highlight a string name on String Status then click ReportslSetup to open the Technician Detail Summary Report Setup dialog box gt Technician Detail Summary Report Setup E 2 sl Preview Discharge Setup M Include Customer Info M Include Monitor Status M Include Discharge Report Include Location Info Include Status Parameters New Delete Sort_ Threshold Deviation IV Include C Show Percent a DischargeTime 00 01 00 00 15 00 00 30 00 IT Start New Page Show Value mrMaintance Recommendation WM Include I Include Probable Cause Notes IT Start New Page J Include Corrective Action Notes Status Parameters M Overall Voltage WM Include Detail Overall Voltage V Cell Voltage I Include Detail Cell Voltage M Cell Resistance M Include Detail Cell Resistance IV IT Resistance I Include Detail IT Resistance M Temperature M Include Detail Temperature Figure 110 Technician Detail Summary Report Setup Select Include Customer Info and Include Location Info to include the customer and location names addresses and contact information in the report Select Include Monitor Status to print Last Known Status which lists string name monitor status string status and the date and time of the last known status Select Include Status Parameters to print Parameter Status as of La
211. omputer sample nw setup for 2vax MDB 3 KE oj x File Setup Yiew Reports Sort Help Zi a aesa Je ele ds Password Active String Status Sting 1D Customer Name Location Name Battery Name String Name String Status Monitor Status Update Date Time _ 1 ALBERCORP BOCA RATON LAB BATTERY amp 40 STRING 1 Unknown Network nn 7 21 2004 12 38 09 PM 2 4LBERCORP BOCA RATON LAB BATTERY 8x40 STRING 2 Unknown Network Error 722172004 12 05 26 PM m 3 ALBERCORP BOCARATONLAB BATTERY gan STRING 3 Network Enor 7 21 2004 12 05 49 PM Unknown Poling Site Customer Location Batter String l Communication Status fide Sort Location Name Modem Status Figure 74 String Status String Status has up to eight columns that indicate the status of each string String ID Customer Name Location Name Battery Name String Name String Status Monitor Status and Update Date Time The columns are updated every time the monitor reports status you manually call a location or during polling You can hide the String ID Customer Name Location Name and Battery Name columns using Setup Preferences String ID The string ID is needed only if using a pager When a page is issued the numeric message includes the string ID which indicates the string in alarm condition String Status The String Status column reports six conditions on the Historical Events screen no priority assigned and eleven on the
212. on 14 3 L status viewing 00 ceceesceeeteesetteeteeeteeeees 21 1 l system setup screen 14 3 System S U 5 oi8 c0028 sep dee el 14 3 lock CHECK box 21 12 log threshold log threshold for cell voltage field 17 10 log threshold for current field 17 10 log threshold for overall voltage field 17 10 logging R test time mode area on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 low cell threshold field On all discharges ce ceeeseseteereeee 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 10 low cell voltage field on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 low OV threshold field ON all discharges s 21 16 ON discharge sei 22 10 low overall voltage field on battery s u discharge BDG 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 low threshold field on detail cell voltage S U 0 eee 22 1 on trend overall voltage si 22 8 low threshold values area on discharge s u ee SR ae din aS 22 10 low thresholds area on all discharges 21 16 low thresholds field on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 lowest OV column On all discharges cceseeceeeeeeees 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 lowest OV field on summary 21 21 LS D column on battery s u parameters BDS 18 4 maintenance alarm button on contacts diagnostics BDS 27 8 on indicator diagnostics BDS
213. on between the monitor and Kee via the RS 232 Local Port computer 6 Perform battery setup and set alarm thresholds test Programming Battery Setup for the MPM or BDS intervals and options 7 Synchronize the monitor to the computer Synchronizing Using the Check Settings The Service computer and monitor are now ready to operate e Ifthe Service computer is a direct connection on site computer for viewing battery data and a copy of the Central computer database is available To set up the system d you need more help refer to 1 Install the Data are a Service computer ona Instaing the Data Manager BMDM Software notebook portable computer 2 Copy the database from the Central computer to the Data Manager Database for file names Service computer 3 Set communication parameters Communication Port Settings 5 Establish communication via the site selected from Connecting via the RS 232 Local Port the String Status l To view battery data refer to Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 8 3 Practical Theory Understanding System Installation e Ifthe Service computer is a remote connection off site computer for viewing battery data via telephone line and a copy of the Central computer database is available To set up the system Ifyou need more help refer to 2 Copy the database from the Central computer to the Data Manager Database f
214. on comm S U s s eea 12 1 apply button on cell resistance alarm levels BDS 18 11 on cell resistance alarm levels MPM 17 7 archive reader eee ceeeceececseceseeeenseeees 23 2 archive report 23 2 authentication ck box ON EMail ei 13 1 auto extract data ck box ON COMMUNICATION S U eee eee 12 2 auto generating tech detail summary Sree M ereecht Resides Deg eet Ee 24 3 auto include all data sets ck box on detail cell voltage ai 22 2 auto select cells ck box on trend cell voltage ai 22 5 auto select ck box On all discharges eseseeeseseeeseseeee 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 10 auto send time ck box on battery s u general BDS 2 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 autopollmmg ee eeeeecseeseeeeneeeeeees See polling average button on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 10 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 6 average cell resistance field on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 10 backup b u database button 21 1 le SIALE e EE 7 2 of Access database 00 7 2 21 1 base data cell resistance in comm asst29 13 base data cell voltage in comm asst 29 10 baseline field on detail cell resistance u 22 3 on trend cell resistance ei 22 6 battery b button on Dreierences 11 2 b capacity field on system s u battery 0 0 eee 14 4 b name column on string status 21 2 b name field on battery s u general B
215. on site to view battery information The BMDM software on the Service computer is the same as that on a Central or Local computer except it is set for Service during setup A Service computer lets personnel call a site from a remote location and observe a situation without removing any data the Central computer might be waiting to extract Select Service Computer when you want to Connect a computer on site or from a remote location to view battery data real time or when you want to set up new monitors A Service computer can do the following Set up a new monitor including alarm parameters and test intervals Calibrate a monitor Collect data manually without permanently removing the data from memory 6 4 Facility Monitor You can connect the monitor to a facility monitor or any device that communicates using MODBUS ASCII protocol Third party vendors can view all information available to the Data Manager Alb r can supply the register map and application notes for this implementation A facility monitor can connect to a BDS or MPM system via RS 232 or network Dry closure contacts are available for monitoring alarm status Refer to MPM MODBUS Application Notes at www alber com for more details Practical Theory Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup Practical Theory 7 Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup This chapter explains how polling extraction and backup are implemented in Central Local and Service comput
216. onage mea rn as Check Float Curent v Cheek Discharge Current Battery BDS Test System 1 ni JB Equipment Owner 7 Company Nama v Verity CT Polarity Commissioning agent Commissioning Report Site Contact s Address Phone Humber Email Address Commissioni String Status lalam Communication Status Response OK Figure 156 Report Comm Asst 29 14 Commissioning Assistant Click the Report button Text on the screen displays the path and folder where the report is saved To view pages in the report click the left or right arrows To save the report as a CMS file in the Commissioning folder click Save Report To save and email the report to Alber click the Email Report button The CMS file is password protected and cannot be opened 29 4 18 Preventive Maintenance Report Form Ai Save report Saves report files to PM folder E Mail report Saves report files to PM folder and E Mails them as attachements using outlook EI E NOTE Click ok yes to any warning generated by Outlook B Notes PM E Mail destination E EMailrepot PMEmaidoress Report Location C Program Files x86 Alber MPM Manager PM Serial Numbers Check Cell Voltage Preventive Maintenance Report Check Intertier ae ae ere are d 7 Save PM Data Cell Voltage c L Check Temperature Report Name Alber Pompano Beach FL String 1 Check Hoat Current Ch
217. onfirm the correct customer and location are selected on the Customer and Location boxes Workstation Customer Location Battery Sting Link Repatting Contact List Password Battery Name bas y D New Battery Capacity 100 Ah ti Delete Installation Date jenv2006 z M d yyyy L D Save Number Of Strings ze Measure points string jo tS Cell Label Start From l Most Positive Cell C Most Negative Cell Figure 27 System Setup Battery CAUTION Clicking the Delete button deletes all information for the displayed battery name All strings set up for the battery will be lost Battery Name required Assign a unique name to the battery Location battery and string names identify the strings and hardware to which the monitor is connected Note To change the battery name after monitor setup use these Setup System dialog boxes If database names do not match names in the monitor an error message appears Note You cannot have two identical battery names under the same location name Selecting different batteries changes the available strings on the String dialog box This battery name must match the battery name in the database of the connecting computer Battery Capacity Type the combined capacity of all parallel strings in the battery in amp hours This is the Amp hour rating of the battery at the eight hour rate Installation Date Type the battery installation date or select from the drop down
218. onitor Status String View gt View Load test or Discharge then Discharge curve S or View Discharge Curve Click Discharge Curve to display the Discharge Curve screen which shows the relationship of the Overall Voltage Discharge Current and Cell Voltages on a graph S Discharge Curve xj File view Option ER caj parnglgisl eene FT ROEE E E EE EE Time 00 00 01 S e ER m Overall Voltage gt 53 7 volts ep Max 53 7 volts a Min 53 7 volts 45 ERC Cell Voltage 1 1 7 S 2 160 volts 260 Max 2 333 volts a Min 2 160 volts B25 f Discharge Current 1 gt gt 2 00 E 2 00 19 amps 01 75 Max 19 amps L o Min 0 amps ee 10 P S 5 15 2 GE 00 00 00 01 00 02 00 03 00 04 00 05 00 06 Time Alarm Communication Status Response OK D Figure 92 Discharge Curve Play Buttons Show First Show Previous Show Next Show Last Replay Backward Replay Forward and Stop The play buttons are at the top of the screen Click Replay Forward to play the discharge The display advances either by time or voltage at the rate selected Move the Replay Speed slider at the upper right to increase or decrease replay speed You can click a point on the graph or move the Change Time slider on the bottom to display readings for the time selected The Overall Voltage Cell Voltage and Discharge Current values are to the right of the graph String View gt View L
219. ontacts Intertier Comm Enor Digital Input 16 Alarm Reset Button OFF Communication Status Response OK Figure 128 Diagnostics Digital Port BDS 27 6 BDS Diagnostics 27 7 Memory BDS String View gt Diagnostics Memory To open Memory Diagnostics select Memory piagnosties 2x Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Mi i Contacts Intertier Comm Error Flash Memory Diagnostics Diagnostics Result Not Ready Q Start Z Clear Data Memory Ze Clear All Strings Config Communication Status Response OK Figure 129 Diagnostics Memory BDS The Memory diagnostic checks Flash memory for the integrity of the upgraded firmware file Flash memory stores BDS firmware uploads Firmware can be upgraded on site or remotely via modem To run this test click Start and select a file to compare to the contents in Flash memory This test takes several minutes SRAM memory stores calibration and setup information and data such as Discharge Alarm and Resistance test data To clear all measured data stored in nonvolatile SRAM memory click Clear Data Memory To clear configuration settings for all strings in the BDS Controller hardware click Clear All Strings Config 27 7 BDS Diagnostics 27 8 Contacts BDS String View gt Diagnostics Contacts This diagnostic checks the external critical and maintenance alarm contacts and the optional
220. oo eee eeceescesecesecenecaeceaecaeeeneseaeeeaeeeeeseeesseenseesaeenaees 29 4 29 42 Equipment Owner SCreen ceases ossessione ie iaeei asesorar o poes heo REENE SSe SPES ENEE 29 5 294 3 Post Pow r Check Screens cisssssscsscvevessstssessctisssesistsansespevenssgesseesess ogeestaptacnscsnsvenss eo ussasesvasss 29 6 29 4 4 Send Battery Setup Screen isses orones asser orea Tesper EEE Eroe Rr EEEE Ea Ea SS SREE ESETE ap ESEP EKSE EENES 29 7 20 23 Check Settings O OTE OT ea ar r ar e aaar a ERSEEEL ENEE 29 7 294 6 Serial Numbers Screen 2285 oraaa SEEE EE Er EPEE Eea ea do EENS 29 8 294 7 Check Cell Voltage Screen s ar err eere serere ENEE EEN ae EEEE E E Eea E S EEST eap ETE PERESEIS 29 8 29 4 8 Check Overall Voltage Screen scccsssisccssctissvaeststssesosesvenescenseeseceogtesscoteensdesesenssenssenseessees 29 9 29 49 Check Intertet Screen ek EENS ENEE NEE EEN SEESE T EEN 29 9 29 4 10 Base Data Cell Voltage Screeners cis sccsctissesscetscesvestssvascesseastenssoesssedbsesdevasevasessavacostes 29 10 29 4 11 Check Float Current Screen sicscectsclssssissgcsetissessiets cessed Eao oehoe EEEE sound totbeeseenisusi eens 29 10 29 4 12 Check Temperature Screen ssc scccssevsessbssesshissessietacesvepsssvascesseastens seuss a REES ET EPET EESSI EES 29 11 29 4 13 Check Discharge Current Screen s cccscssssssessccssstssseosqesacascssosoesscodssnseevssovssestanaconbes 29 11 29 4 14 Check Test Current Screen eisenii soteer
221. or 22 Using the Report Generator The BMDM Report Generator uses BMDM data files to create reports After a BMDM controlled system reads voltage or resistance the data is saved and it is this data presented in report format that battery monitoring personnel use to analyze battery system performance The Report Generator displays and prints text and graphs and saves customized reports in an archive ZRF format that protects against changes You may also view and print ZRF files using the Archive Reader program String View gt View Reports item ViewlReports accesses eleven Report Generator setup boxes Use these boxes to create Detail and Trend reports Choose a Detail report to generate a report on an entire string by date Choose Trend to report on an individual cell or cells temperature or overall voltage over a range of dates Some report dialog boxes let you select data sets A data set is a set of historical float voltages resistance readings alarm readings and or discharge data for a string A data set is for a single date and time and all data is displayed in one report After you select all the options on a Setup dialog box click the Preview button to create a report and display it on the Preview screen Refer to Using the Preview Screens 22 1 Detail Cell Voltage Report String View gt View Reports Detail Cell Voltage To create a Detail Cell Voltage report click Cell Voltage The Detail Cell Voltage Setup box appears
222. or battery voltage until after the installation is complete Use of this product in a manner not specified could compromise the designed in safety of this product High voltage or current may be present inside the equipment and on the equipment terminals Only qualified personnel should perform the operations described in this manual Calibration must be performed only by technically qualified persons Observe electrical safety precautions when removing and installing equipment covers when connecting leads and when making adjustments Proper installation and testing are essential to the correct functioning of your system If you have any questions contact Alb r This manual describes the general installation and use of the system If your system has features or accessories not described in this manual contact Alb r Drawings in this manual may be for reference only or superseded by later drawings For the latest information refer to the drawings supplied with your system 1 1 If You Have Questions If you have any questions about the installation or testing of your system contact Alb r at 954 623 6660 or fax 954 623 6671 Request BMDM MPM or BDS assistance System Requirements 2 System Requirements These are the minimum requirements for the BMDM Battery Monitor Data Manager program Microsoft Windows XP 2000 Windows 7 or 8 Pentium4 1GHz or higher microprocessor 128Mb of memory for Windows 2000 256Mb for
223. or file names Service 5 Establish communication via the site selected from 3 Connecting via a Modem the String Status l To view battery data refer to Viewing Battery and Monitor Status e Ifthe Service computer is a remote connection off site computer for viewing battery data via telephone line and a copy of the central database is not available To setup the system Ifyou need more help refer to 3 Set communication parameters 2 Connect the computer modem to the telephone line 4 Set the telephone number and the MUX ID number if required MPM only 5 Set the telephone number the MUX ID number if Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System required the string number and the configuration to 7 Synchronize the monitor to the computer Synchronizing Using the Check Settings To view battery data refer to Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 8 4 Practical Theory Understanding How Data is Stored Practical Theory 9 Understanding How Data is Stored This section describes how the BMDM processes data and how the MPM or BDS stores the data For details about how the BMDM creates and backs up database files refer to Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup 9 1 Data Storage in the MPM Data in the MPM is stored in nonvolatile E memory which retains about a year s worth of typical data Collected data is stored until transferred to the Central or Loca
224. ort Customer Information Customer ALBERCORP Address Figure 109 Preview Discharge Report To view a section of the report click a tab To view different pages in one section click the first previous next or last page arrows on the toolbar 23 1 Using the Preview Screens 23 1 Saving a Report in Archive ZRF Format Preview screen gt Save Archive The Report Generator can save a report as an archive ZRF file which cannot be changed after it is saved Archive format lets you distribute the report file while ensuring the integrity of the data The file can be opened by the Report Generator or the Archive Reader and viewed or printed To save a report in archive format click Save Archive In the Save Archive dialog box select the subdirectory type the file name then click Save Reports are saved in the folder last opened unless a different folder is selected 23 2 Printing a Report Preview screen gt Print To print the report displayed click Print in reports with more than one section to print only the currently selected tab click Print Current or to print the entire report click Print When the Print dialog box appears select the pages to print the number of copies and the printer setup To print a single page do not select Current Page Instead select Pages and type the page number in the box 23 3 Opening an Archive File Preview screen gt Open Archive You can open an archive ZRF fi
225. ot log discharges Latch When selected the alarm contact stays energized until manually reset If not selected the alarm contact de energizes when the discharge condition clears The Critical Alarm and Maintenance Alarm options do not apply to the MPM Discharge Detection Method Area Select Voltage Mode or Current Mode then set the threshold Level in volts or amps to activate data logging during a discharge When the voltage goes below the set level or the current exceeds the set level the monitor begins recording cell voltages discharge current and overall voltage based on the Deviation Storage Thresholds described later Only one temperature sample is stored at the beginning of the discharge 17 9 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM Voltage mode allows data recording during recharge since data logging does not stop until the voltage goes above the threshold If measuring discharge current use Discharge Current Mode as a reliable source of trigger In current mode the monitor triggers only on Current Channel 1 selected on SetupI BatterylParameters To enable this mode you must define the Current Channel on the Setup BatterylParameters dialog box Report All Discharges If selected the monitor reports all discharges to the Central computer You must enable Remote Reporting on Setup BatterylGeneral Report Problem Discharge Only If selected the monitor reports only discharges that exceed voltage or time values set
226. p Float Alarms OMDPM 17 6 Figure 54 Cell Resistance Alarm Levels Setup MPM eee eeeceeecsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeesesereeseeaees 17 7 Figure 55 Battery Setup Discharge MPM 000 eee eceecseeceesceseceseceseceaeceaecaaecaeecaeseaeseaeeeeeeeeesrenseenaees 17 9 Figure 56 Battery Setup Digital Input MPM ou eee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeseessensecsecsaecnaecsessaecsaeenaeeaee 17 11 Figure 57 Battery Setup Digital Output MDM eee cece cesecesecneecneeeseeeseeeeeeseeeseeeaecsaeesaecsaeenaesaes 17 12 Figure 58 Battery Setup LGS MPM ou cee eeeecesecssecnsecseecaeeeseeeaeeeeeesseeseessecsaecsaecnaecsseaeesaeesaeeaes 17 13 Figure 59 Battery Setup General BDS cece eceeceeeceeecesecesecaeceaecsaecaaecaaecaeseaeseaeseeeeerenereeseenaees 18 2 Figure 60 Battery Setup Parameters BD 256 18 4 Figure 61 BDS Configuration Data for Setup Files eee eecesecesecssecnseceecseecaeeeaeeeaeeseeeeeesereeeensees 18 6 Figure 62 BDS Configuration Data for Setup Files continued 0 0 0 eee cee csecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeseeaees 18 7 Figure 63 Battery Setup Test Parameters BD 18 9 Figure 64 Battery Setup Float Alarms DD 18 10 Figure 65 Cell Resistance Alarm Levels Setup BD 18 11 Figure 66 Input Alarm Level Intertier Resistance Alarm Level ec eeeceesceecesecesecesecnecesecnneenseenes 18 12 Figure 67 Battery Setup Thermal Runaway DBIDS 18 14 Figure 69 Battery Setup Discharge BS 18 16 Figure 70 Batter
227. plete description The latest upgrades and upgrade instructions are on the Web at www alber com NOTE On the BDS the SetuplUpgrade Firmware item is enabled only when the BDS Controller is connected to String 1 Network Connection to S String 14 File view Setup Diagnostics Pale Battery ai Calibration Cell Voltage Check Settings J Reboot Firmware 16 F Upgrade Firmware Upgrade DCM Firmware Figure 134 Setup Menu Showing Upgrade Options BDS 28 1 Commissioning Assistant 29 Commissioning Assistant View Reports Commissioning Report The Commissioning Assistant creates a report that is extremely helpful if technical support must be provided for your system Similar to a setup wizard the assistant helps you commission a string by instructing you to perform certain functions and record the results You may also use the assistant to exchange equipment and recommission the string Some assistant screens appear only if certain equipment or options are selected NOTE Each commissioning assistant screen has complete instructions at the top of the screen The instructions in this chapter are only meant to supplement the instructions on the screens Be certain to follow the instructions on each screen After completing the commissioning assistant send the saved report with a file name CMS extension as an email attachment Emailing the report to startup alber com is mandatory as the report is an int
228. r options area on all discharges n se 21 16 on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 on discharge ei 22 10 r output area on detail cell voltage ei 22 2 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 on trend intertier si 22 9 on trend overall voltage s u 22 8 problem discharge only button on battery s u discharge BDS 18 17 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 10 POPOL fOr ieee ee Ee EE 29 15 report screen in comm asi 29 15 reporting system ein 14 9 reporting system setup screen 14 9 reports menu Hem 22 1 reset alarm button 21 13 reset button on battery s u general BIG 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 reset status on historical alarm list 21 13 resistance T lee Since i a ee 9 1 9 2 resistance test button on indicator diagnostics BDS 27 6 on indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 resistance test LED 21 9 resistance trend analysis 0 21 11 test area on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 resistance adjustment cece 18 10 RLLS column on battery s u parameters BDG 18 4 RS 232 connecting to a location 20 1 R test in a DCM diagnostics 0 27 10 run DCM addr check button eee 29 6 running firmware status on self test diagnostics MM 26 2 sample database
229. r Types Practical Theory 6 Understanding Computer Types When installing the BMDM program select one of three computer types Local Central or Service This section explains the types of computers 6 1 Central Computer For managing many sites use a Central computer This can be a remote computer with one modem or two modems for more than 100 monitors A computer continuously running the BMDM can automatically poll the monitoring systems test for normal status answer calls from alarming monitors receive and store data in a central database report problems to personnel and list conditions on the String Status screen If using only one site with a Central computer you may connect the computer to a monitor RS 232 rear port for continuous viewing of battery and monitor status In this configuration no other Central computers may exist for the same site You may temporarily use a portable computer as the Central computer To manually extract data connect the computer via modem or RS 232 Local port This type of Central computer is the least desirable because it cannot automatically poll units for status and automatically extract data or receive calls from alarming monitors Only use one Central computer for all monitors This is important because only a Central computer removes data permanently from monitor memory Select Central Computer when you want to Connect a computer to manage one or more monitors and have the computer man
230. ral appears Click Upload to synchronize settings between the monitor and Service computer database then click Close String View displays all real time data Check Settings Screens 16 Check Settings Screens Active check String Status gt Connection z then Setup Check Settings dialog box Offline String Status gt View Offline Setup Check Settings dialog box The Check Settings dialog boxes display settings in the BMDM database and MPM or BDS nonvolatile memory Use Check Settings to synchronize a battery location On a Local Central or Service computer when String View displays an active connection you may click SetuplCheck Settings to view Check Settings setup send the time and date and upload settings You cannot change settings using these boxes Offline you can view the settings but the Send Time Recheck and Upload buttons are not active Open the Check Settings dialog boxes When MPM and BDS boxes are similar only one figure is shown below For item definitions refer to Synchronizing Using Check Settings and Programming Battery Setup for the BDS or MPM The Check SettingslIGeneral dialog box for MPM and BDS is shown below Network parameters do not transfer from Check Settings To change the IP Address Netmask or Gateway refer to Synchronizing Using Check Settings iT EE General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration LGS Setup ITE
231. ration Service Computer Define a computer for Service use This computer is responsible for setting up new battery monitors as well as servicing existing systems On install the database updates to the latest version After setup the String Status screen title bar indicates the computer type Central Local or Service To change the type refer to Changing Computer Type 4 5 Program Installation and Options 4 8 Changing Computer Type The Select Computer Type box appears only the first time you install the program You cannot change the computer type by re installing you must edit a text file Close all programs including the BMDM and open a text editor such as Microsoft Notepad or WordPad under StartIPrograms Accessories Open the file Config3 MPM under Program Files Alber MPM Manager Using the text editor edit the number under the line labeled 2 Computer Type so the digit indicates the computer type you want Type 1 for Central 2 for Local or 3 for Service For example in the following figure the 2 under line 2 indicates a Local computer Si Config3 MPM Notepad 1ol x File Edit Format Help 1 File Name of Database Used in Last Time C Program Files Alber MPM Manager database space command mdb 2 Computer Type 1 Central 2 Local 3 Service 2 3 Palling Answer Modem Initialization 0 Default 1 Custom D 4 Initialization Command for Polling Answer Modem ATE1Q0X1V1 N5 K1 M 5 Answer Mod
232. rd click the Password tab 14 9 System Setup Password String Status gt Setup System Password Use the Password dialog box to change the System Setup password If the password is incorrect you can view protected screens but cannot change parameters The Password tab appears only if the correct password is entered when Setupl System is selected Customer Location Battery String Link Repatting Contact List Password New Password Jr D Change Re type Password JI Figure 33 System Setup Password New Password To change the System Setup password type the new password in the New Password and Re type Password boxes The password may be up to eight alphanumeric characters long Click Change The new password is now in effect Record the new password for reference If the password is lost you must contact Alb r 14 14 Synchronizing Using Check Settings 15 Synchronizing Using Check Settings The location battery and string names are key for letting a computer connect to a monitor all names must match or connection fails Typically a Central computer assigns names into the monitor and Check Settings uploads to the computer any test times alarm thresholds and data settings put into the monitor during commissioning Synchronizing is the process of uploading using Check Settings and must be done using a Central computer connected to the monitor via RS 232 modem or network An upload for a BDS must be done tw
233. reaa Senes o eRe EREE Ea EAE S SREE EE SEPE ETES ESSEET 29 12 29 4 15 Check Intercell Screen BDS Only 29 13 vii 29 4 16 Base Data Cell Resistance Screen 29 13 29 4 17 Rep rt Seegen tee EEN AE EES EES EES 29 14 29 4 18 Preventive Maintenance Report Form 0 cece cee eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceaeceaecnaecsaecaeesaeeaee 29 15 29 5 Emailing a Remote ARENS AER SEAN vaptasevess yee EES AER 29 16 29 6 Retrieving a Commissioning Report 29 16 29 7 Printing a Commissioning Report 29 16 30 ERROR E 30 1 viii Table of Figures IMPORTANT NOTE The drawings or figures in this manual may not be the most recent revision and are included for reference only Refer to the Engineering Drawing Package included with your system for the newest drawings Drawings or figures in this manual may be for reference only or superseded by later drawings For the latest information refer to the drawings supplied with your system Figure 1 BMDM Opening Screen srr io terene eonen etanan ioke ennea a does ssauny EEES KERES PES ters doses 4 1 Figure 2 AlwaysUp Program Compatibility Assistant ccccccccccecsessscececececsesseaececececeerseaeseeeesceenssaeeeeees 4 2 Figure 3 BMDM and AlwaysUp Running as a Service 4 3 Figure 4 BMDM is Running as a Bervice seri sost rros triks eers Er Sr Eo r EEES KER TEETE E EI EEE RErE SEEE TS 4 3 Figure 5 Select Computer Typeset onip E rr TE EES E aao TEES ER TOE ES IEEE EES 4 5 Fig re6 Co
234. reate a Trend Intertier report click Intertier The Trend Intertier Setup box appears Trend Intertier Setup Wa Setup Preview Report Output teeta d Graph C Both x M Include String Memos Figure 104 Trend Intertier Setup Report Output area Click Text to create a report with text only click Graph for graphs only Click Both to include both text and graphs in the report Select Include String Memos to include string memos 22 9 Using the Report Generator 22 10 String View gt View Reports Discharge To create a Discharge report click Discharge The Discharge Setup box appears Options selected on Discharge Setup are saved by the battery name Discharge Report Discharge Setup E 2 xl Report Interval Previ S review Time noo H MM GC C OV Deviation os Voltage Low Threshold Values C Use Preset Thresholds Discharge Dates Start Date Time Duration Lowest OY OV 30 ACV 30 6 11 2004 01 39 16 p 00 00 52 6 11 2004 01 21 31 p 00 00 52 6 8 2004 11 00 39 a 6 8 2004 10 54 28 a Override Preset Thresholds 1 949 Voltage 6 1 2004 04 20 27 Low Cell Threshold Low OY Threshold 0 0 Voltage Cell Detail Graph Scaling All None Auto Max 0 000 fal Manual Min 0 000 String 1 Report Options Micell 1 M Auto Select I Tabular Mcell 2 j Ocell 3 M String Memos I Cell Graph Cell Memos IV Cell Detail I Include Power V Owi Graph iV Standard
235. reens will not appear Monitor pre power check list q lel E Verify that the load current wires are connected per the site drawings and installation instructions WARNING Incorrect placement of the load wires at the battery or the load module may result in catastrophic system failure when ithe load module is energized Load Cable Voltage Measurement Approximate Value unit DC Volts Config 12 1 3 14 1 5 16 17 18 19 1 10 1 11 1x98x1 36 72 108 144 182 220 1x104x1 23 46 69 92 117 142 JM Verify all components are securely mounted JM Verify 24VAC connections are made per the installation manual JM Verify fiber optic connections do not exceed maximum length JM Verify sense lead connections are made per the installation manual J Verify load cable connections are made per the installation manual I Verify discharge current sensing device is connected per the installation manual 15V if CT 2 Figure 137 Monitor Pre Power Load Cable Help Screen To display a table that shows the voltages between the load cables for configurations click the question mark on the Verify load cable connections are made line 29 2 Commissioning Assistant 29 3 Starting the Assistant for an Existing String View Reports Commissioning Report This section describes how to start the assistant for a string that is partially or fu
236. remove the currently displayed alarm Delete All removes all displayed alarms The print fax and page event boxes close after the printer fax machine or pager receives the alarm Clicking Show All Alarm Events displays the Report Alarm Event dialog box You may view all events by clicking the left or right arrows on the box Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 4 Summary Screen String Status gt Summary BR View Summary The Summary dialog box displays a status summary of the battery sites Click the Summary button to display this box summary 121 Total Strings 10 String Status Good Warning Alarm Alarm Disabled Discharging Discharge Occurred DCM Comm Error Unknown OGO DODO O 0 Ww M Monitor Status Active Inactive Check Hw Unknown oo 0 Figure 78 Summary Battery Sites 21 5 Historical Events Screen String Status gt Historical events Ei or View Historical Events Note View Alarm has a ringing clock E When a new event is added the Historical Events button flashes Select Historical Events to display the Historical Events screen which lists reported events and the history of one or all strings You may click the column header to sort on the column To move columns click and drag a column header onto another header String Status gt View Historical Events View Single String To view a single string select Single String on the Historical Events screen On the I
237. required in the BDS The Cell Resistance and Intercell Resistance screens display bar graphs Click the Cell Resistance tab to transfer resistance readings from monitor to computer It may take a few seconds for the bar graph to appear If readings are available the BMDM displays the latest set and saves them to the database with the date and time taken network Connection to S STRING 9 B BATTERY 1X24A L BOCA RATON LAB 0 xj Ele view Setup Diagnostics eea el S 5STRNe s sate 1x244LiBOC p Date 7712 2004 1201 25 a permanra Star Stop Get Cell voltage V Cell Resistance es Resistance micrahms 2500 2250 7 2000 7 1750 1500 Cell 4 SE EE Subset 1 2331 2387 2347 2483 2274 2116 2386 2337 2278 2287 2338 1695 2305 2249 2192 2260 2332 1954 2238 2229 2233 2165 2226 1775 String 1 Max 4 2483 Min 12 1695 Average 2228 irtertier Resistance microhms z Intertier R 1 1 12 Ea String Status Alarm Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked Figure 81 String View Cell Resistance MPM shown Viewing Battery and Monitor Status Start St Get String View gt Start resistance test or Stop resistance test or Get test results Stan ston Get To start a resistance test and capture new readings click Start After the Test in Progress message disappears the monitor Resistance Test LED goes out and the Get button becomes act
238. rge Report check box to print a discharge report To add a discharge duration time to the list Click New then type a new time in the highlighted 00 00 00 in the Discharge Time list To sort the times click Sort To remove a time from the Discharge Time list click the time to highlight it then click Delete Percent of Accumulative Discharge Times Time Interval Hits Cumulative Time 00 00 00 00 00 30 3 Unknown 4 Total Hits 9 Total Time 00 02 40 000030 DO Op Usk rowe Tme Figure 111 Technician Report Discharges Area The Discharges area on the report has a table and graph The Time Interval column lists discharge duration limits For example if the time listed is 00 00 00 00 00 30 and the Hits column shows 2 then there were two discharges that lasted somewhere between 0 and 30 seconds In the preceding figure the cumulative total time of the two discharges was 38 seconds The graph in the Percent of Accumulative Discharge Times classifies the various discharge durations In the above figure 24 of the total discharge time were discharges of zero to 30 seconds and 76 were discharges 31 seconds to one minute After selecting all options click the Preview button to create and display a report If you click Save Archive on the Preview screen you can save to the Reports subdirectory as a ZRF file and not overwrite the automatically generated report in the SystemSummary subdirectory For more on the Previe
239. rger cable is only used for BDS and is intended to only be used for individual thresholds Input Alarm Level x Intertier Resistance Alarm Level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 11 12 3 14 5 A Save X Cancel Figure 67 Input Alarm Level Intertier Resistance Alarm Level Percentage for Warning Determines the violation threshold that causes a Warning battery status The value entered is a percentage of the internal resistance alarm For example if the internal resistance alarm is set to 100 microhms and the percentage for warning is 75 the system issues a warning when the internal resistance is between 75 and 100 microhms When the value exceeds 100 microhms the system issues an alarm Warning status is displayed only on the String Status and Historical Events screens not on the Alarms screen Latch When selected the alarm contact stays energized until manually reset If not selected the alarm contact de energizes when the alarm condition clears 18 12 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Remote Reporting When selected causes the monitor to report the alarm When not selected reporting is disabled for that parameter You must select this option and Remote Reporting Enable under Setup BatterylGeneral to enable the call out function and to display Alarm Detail on the Historical Events screen during polling Critical and Maintenance Two alarm contacts are available Select Critical or Mainte
240. ributed across multiple DCM units The Load Module also has a diagnostic that can confirm the direction of the current transducer To test each load connection open Load Module Diagnostics select Load Module then click the Test Current tab on the dialog box Select the DCM for the desired load module You can turn on each load step and confirm the current for that step IMPORTANT NOTE If the screen displays only Load Module buttons 1 to 5 this indicates the DIP switch in the DCM is set so the internal load bank is selected This is an incorrect state on newer DCM units On older multiboard DCM units this condition is normal if the unit actually has an internal load bank Confirm the setting before proceeding View the Diagnostics DIP screen If Bank 2 Bit 1 Status is ON this is incorrect for newer hardware The ON status is valid only for older hardware with internal load banks WARNING When testing do not leave the load module on for a long time The load module can overheat and damage hardware if not allowed to cool between tests The load module automatically turns off after about 10 seconds Self Test Load Module DIF Indicator Digital Port Memory Contacts Comm Error Select Load Module DCM tt 1 Load Module 1 Load Module 2 Load Module 3 Load Module 4 Load Module 5 Load Module 6 Load Module 7 Load Current amps Load Module 8 Load Module 9 0 0 Test Current CT Polarity Load
241. rs on String View go to the menu bar on String Status click Setup Database Range then select Entire DB to determine if data is available 21 1 Opening and Saving a Database KE String Status gt Open e or File Open At start up the BMDM opens the previously opened database To open another database select Open highlight the desired database and click Open You do not need to close the currently open database before opening a new one String Status gt File Open Backup The Open Backup selection works the same as Open When the program opens an Access backup file it converts it from a ZIP to an MDB file String Status gt File Save As ES String Status gt Backup database E or File Backup Database To save an Access database as an MDB database file select FilelSave As To save the database as a backup select FilelBackup Database which saves the MDB file as a ZIP file Refer to Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup String Status gt Close sl or File Close String Status gt File New To close a database select FilelClose To create a new database select FilelNew Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 2 String Status Screen At start up the BMDM displays the String Status screen The first time the program runs no strings are listed The communication and status fields summarize the polling status string and location names connection status and errors Battery Monitor Data Manager for Central C
242. rssrerrsreersereresreerssreresee 21 12 Fig te 8 7 Current Alarmi ist oc sereen eere eneore esensya eee e esp Ei eeN esse sursecns sossvetenv S ENESES PEN non 21 13 Fig te 88 Histoncal Alarmi ISt e c2 ssetsosscsgnes dovsehessdesipes seveupesvertdest pevecesbssestpsces vers sebaveduad seve EHESS KR PEN Esha 21 14 Figure 89 Historical Alarm Selection sespe sensoren Eo ere en apai Aak EENE E Senke a KES pE Espos 21 14 Figure 90 All Discharges MPM sbown cee eceeceeecesscesecesecesecseecsaecaeeeaeseaeeeeeeseeeaeeesecaecsaeenaeenaeenee 21 15 Figure 91 Discharge Replays acsscvsscssccescscees setsseseetssvhas stave sosedvsesscedscnsdes isnyascpanensetessovascetsesseescsevasestarecetbes 21 18 Figure 92 Discharge Curve okee EENS DEER EEN 21 19 beure H Curve Option sissscessctssi seascsensstees ees ET 21 20 Figure 94 Summary Discharges s ssccscssessetsscsvettavves sts sa costevseescesscesssbsseessapseeascesssouss IEEE EEES ER eSEE RESE ESE 21 21 Figure 95 Cell Memo and String Memo eee eecceeecesecnsecesecsaecaeecaaeeseseaeeseeeeeeaeeeseeseesaeesaeenaesaes 21 22 bere go Detail Cell Voltage Setup isoine erreneren sscteasvessstssesvehsseeohgesseeseebacsusscptesascessseesbenussnsoeveses 22 1 Figure 97 Detail Cell Resistance Setup seg EEN sesvenssenssceopeesoetestesscotasascsseseussestsenseeseeys 22 3 Figure 98 Detail Intercell Resistance Setup 22 4 Figure 99 Trend Cell Voltage Setup vicssssc cctesssccsestessesgshsvessctissasststasesvsnsven
243. ry Record To save a history record of the graph and table values on the String View screen click Save History Record This captures the readings stamped with the date and time taken Ka Network Connection to S BDS 40 1X40X12V B 30KVA UPS L Pompano Beach FL File View Setup Diagnostics Save history record mery x Resistance e Gei Extract history BDS 40 1X40X12V B 30KVA a gt Start Stop Get Open istance Close Geng Cell Voltage V Resistance ee Figure 83 History Options and Record Date Time Box ae S String View gt Open history record or FielOpen Open To display a historical graph and table on String View click Open History Record select a date time and click OK The graph and table appear with the historical record date time box at the top right of the screen You may step through historical records by clicking the left or right arrows String View gt File Close Close To close the history record and return to the active String View screen click Close Do not click the X on the upper right corner The historical graph record date time box and left right arrows close String View gt File Extract History then optional File Open date then File Close Extract History Click Extract History to have the computer extract historic float data for the string the computer is polling To view the extracted data click FilelOpen and select the date If a date is not listed no new da
244. s Technician Name Company Name Reference PO No Ticket No Site ID Equipment Tag Address Phone Number and Email Address Note that fields for which information is mandatory are marked with an asterisk To save the technician name company name address telephone number and email address for future commissioning reports click Save Agent To place previously saved agent data into these fields click Load Agent You may save only one set of agent data To add a note to the report click the Notes button type the text into the Agent Notes dialog box then close the box The text will appear in the Agent Notes section in the report The Notes button on the other screens accesses this same Agent Notes dialog box 29 4 Commissioning Assistant 29 4 2 Equipment Owner Screen Commissioning Enter information for equipment owner All fields indicated by an asterisk are required Load Customer Info fills fields from the string s customer fields E Contras Laim Load Location Info fills fields fom the string s location fields Notes v Commissioning Agent A Equinment Owner y Send Battery Setup Check Settings Serial Numbers Equipment Owner Company Name Customer Ste Conta Winns Check Cell Voltage Check Overall Voltage Cell ve a Ween eu Address 5103 Andews Ave Ext Ponpano Besch FL Check Temperature Phone Number 954 000 0000 Cheek Discharg
245. s not apply to the BDS Problem Discharge Thresholds Area Low Cell Voltage Low Overall Voltage and Maximum Discharge Time Select the voltage or time levels that trigger discharge reporting To enable these values select Report Problem Discharge Only on this screen This setting also affects the bar graph colors on the Cell Voltage String View screen During a discharge the bars change color Normal GOndItION 205 without a ete aes Green Problem Discharge Thresholds or Low Cell Vohtage Yellow Time to Go Area The String View screen can display a Time to Go TTG number When a BDS discharge starts the TTG box on String View indicates the estimated remaining time that the battery can deliver power To disable this feature leave the Amp Hours and Peukert Number boxes at zero IMPORTANT NOTE The TTG Time to Go number is only an estimate Amp Hours Type the amp hours of the battery at the 8 hour rating To disable the estimated time feature set to 0 Peukert Number Type the Peukert number derived by using Peukert s equation Refer to Understanding the Time to Go Algorithm To disable the estimated time feature set to 0 18 17 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS 18 7 Battery Setup Digital Input BDS String View gt Setup Battery Digital Input The Digital Input dialog box is available only when connected to String 1 of the BDS 256 controller as defined on SetuplSystemlString The BDS has 16 digital inputs th
246. s string needs to be set up will continue to appear until you synchronize with a Central computer System Does Not Connect Error 102 When connecting the Location name battery name and string name do not match message may appear Dro 86 ts Error 102 Location name battery name and string name do not match actual location name is Boca Raton Lab actual battery name is Enersys actual string name is String 1 Ignore Figure 34 Connection Error Message Extra or missing spaces and hyphens affect names Click OK to return to String Status or click Ignore to display Check Settings If names have been assigned in the monitor either 1 Use SetuplSystem to change the names in the computer database to match the names in the error message box or 2 If on site with the equipment clear the existing names in the monitor and enter new names as described below 3 After correcting the problem attempt to connect then upload using Check Settings Clear Existing Names On site MPM To clear names in an MPM press the MPM Alarm Reset switch while cycling power off then on Release the switch after the MPM front panel LEDs sequence from left to right This reset also disables the alarms and auto call out function resets the MPM hardware password to the default and clears all data in the monitor including active alarms BDS To clear names in a BDS press the BDS Controller Alarm Reset switch while cycling power of
247. s when calibrating Usually the parameters selected never need to be changed The Measurement Point also serves as a diagnostic tool that can lock in on a channel for troubleshooting Measured Value Type measured values in this column The MPM uses only Temperature 1 the BDS uses two temperature channels per DCM A D Counts The value from the A D Analog to Digital converter before any calibration Calibration Factor is applied Also referred to as Raw Counts Calibration Factor The correction factor required to obtain a value that can be displayed on the String View screen Scan Edit is a toggle action button Clicking Edit allows editing of the Calibration Factors Clicking Scan disables editing Clicking a Measured Value field displays A D counts Required Test Equipment 4 1 2 digit DVM Fluke 87 or equivalent 100 millivolt and 10 millivolt source Clamp on current meter A 0 1 shunt is recommended Temperature probe The calibration procedures are available to qualified personnel trained by Alb r in the calibration of this equipment 25 2 MPM Diagnostics 26 MPM Diagnostics String View gt Diagnostics tem The diagnostics are used for production testing but may help troubleshoot a hardware failure in the field Select Diagnostics from String View The computer must be connected to an MPM and Communication Status at screen bottom must show Response OK 26 1 Rebooting and Power Up Diagnostics MPM
248. saecnaecneesaeseaeseeeees 17 6 17 5 Battery Setup Discharge MPM sirsriscsissiserpesses i iseisssrssios ier tsetero t si reese ier kreenis 17 9 17 6 Battery Setup Digital Input MPM eee eee eeceescesecesecesecaecnaecaaecaeeeaeseeeeeeseeeeseensees 17 11 17 7 Battery Setup Digital Output MPM oo eee eceeceeecesecesecaecseecaeecaeeeaeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 17 12 Battery Setup LGS MPM eet EENS dEr 17 13 18 PROGRAMMING BATTERY SETUP FOR THE BD 18 1 18 1 Battery Setup General BD 18 2 18 2 Battery Setup Parameters BD 18 4 18 3 Battery Setup Test Parameters BD 18 9 18 4 Battery Setup Float Alarms BD 18 10 18 5 Battery Setup System BD 18 14 18 6 Battery Setup Discharge BD 18 16 18 7 Battery Setup Digital Input BD 18 18 18 8 Battery Setup Digital Output BD 18 19 18 9 Battery Setup LGS BDS ssc een 18 20 19 SELECTING THE DATABASE RANGER 19 1 20 CONNECTING TO A BATTERY LOCATION ssosisrsssesereriirssrestiveeretesreisivee ttres terere tero nesnesete teores kes rees 20 1 20 1 Connecting via Modet RENE ire EEEE E EE E E S E ee E TEE E iy 20 1 20 2 Modem Hang prs eu re EE E E E i heehee teil EE 20 1 20 3 Connecting vi hNetwork A teiccssecteeesciesicnscuelts cheptthovecsavestsensnbensobepascbeseestesvevesenenevbensvsests 20 1 20 4 Connecting via RS 232 Local Bon 20 1 21 VIEWING BATTERY AND MONITOR STATUS sssssssssseesssssssresesestrerteristsssesestinensnesenesrenenenreseseerenes 2
249. screen String View shows the cells in a string as a bar graph table or both It appears after a string is selected on the String Status screen and computer to monitor communication is established You can view a string off line by selecting ViewlOffline 3 1 Program Installation and Options 4 Program Installation and Options When installing the BMDM you will choose Install BMDM Manager Other screen options provide you with documentation connection to the Alber Web site or contact information nce Figure 1 BMDM Opening Screen 4 1 Sample Databases BMDM sample databases provide strings and data you may use to test button actions observe screens create graphs and generate reports Sample Database for Access When using Access at BMDM start up a message asks Do you want to load a sample database Click Yes if you want to explore the BMDM Clicking Yes opens the AlberDemo mdb Access database If the load a sample database message does not appear you may enable it on Setup Preferences You may also open the sample file by selecting FilelOpenl AlberDemo mdb 4 2 Installing the BMDM Before installing the BMDM program close all other programs To install the program insert the CD into the computer and wait for autorun If the CD does not run select StartIRun from the Windows desktop At the Run box type d launch or other drive letter and follow the instructions 4 3 Starting the Program To star
250. se Click Override Preset Thresholds to ignore BMDM thresholds then type values in the Hi Threshold and Lo Threshold boxes Select Show Average Trend to generate a graph that shows the average cell voltage over the range of dates Select Auto Select Cells to automatically select cells listed on the right side that violate high or low thresholds If you change threshold values cells that meet the new criteria are selected You may add cells to the report by selecting additional check boxes in the list Select Include Cell Memos and Include String Memos to include cell and string memos Graph Scaling area Click Auto to default to automatic graph scaling or click Manual and type the Max and Min graph scale values Use Manual scaling when you want to maintain scaling to make it easier to compare several graphs Report Output area Click Text to create a report with text only click Graph for graphs only Click Both to include both text and graphs in the report 22 5 Using the Report Generator Data Sets area To manually select cells to include in the report click the cells in the list or click All to select all items If Auto Select Cells is selected cells that violate thresholds are already selected To clear all selected items click None If the BMDM was used with an MPM the list shows string and cell If a BDS was used the list shows cell only If the selected range contains no data no cells appear under Data Sets 22 5 Tren
251. splays all real time data If the site was not set up set up the new system 20 1 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status 21 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status At program start the String Status screen lists all available monitor systems The program can sound an alarm contact a pager send a fax or email or print alarm event details When a monitor reports an alarm an alarm detail box appears until you acknowledge it The String Status column on the String Status screen lists the condition and Update Date indicates alarm time Historical Events displays the history and details about the alarm When there is a new entry click the flashing Historical Events button to display the history This chapter describes these screens F3 Press the F3 key to toggle between the string battery location and customer status screens There are two ways to view data from a battery real time and offline Viewing battery data in real time means having the computer connected to the monitor via modem LAN or an RS 232 cable After communication is established String View displays the real time readings Viewing data offline means viewing data removed from the monitor and stored in the computer database To view data offline highlight the site on String Status then select ViewlOffline String View displays data for the site No voltages are displayed because the system is offline and not connected to the site IMPORTANT NOTE If no bar graph data appea
252. ss in the Email Address box Confirm Disable Email is not checked on the Email Setup dialog box Use the Schedule area to build the time on off for the person 24 7 Select if the person is on call 24 hours a day 7 days a week or in the Sunday through Saturday grid you may select the following On 24 Hours Select if the person is on call the entire day Day Off Select if the person is not available that day Start Time If the person is available part of the day click the Start Time field and type the time availability starts You may press Enter to step to the Time On field Time On Click this field and type the number of hours the person is available You may press Enter to step to the next Start Time field When finished click Save to return to the Contact Lists dialog box To edit information after saving double click the name in the right side Contacts list 14 13 Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System Add Names to Contact List To add people to a Contact List first select a group name from the drop down Contact List Next click a person s name in the Contacts list on the right then either click the red arrow or right click the name and select Add to List The name appears in the list on the left If you want to add new names to the Contact or Contact List boxes on the Reporting dialog box click the Reporting tab If not and you are finished click Save and close the dialog box If you want to change the passwo
253. st Reading which lists the following if they are checked under Status Parameters overall voltage low and high cell voltage and cell resistance highest intertier resistance and average temperature Threshold Deviation area Select Include to include the threshold deviation report Select Start New Page to insert a page break before the report Select Show Percent or Show Value to have deviations shown as percent change or actual values Only cells that exceed threshold values are listed 24 1 Using the Web Report Generator Maintenance Recommendation area Select Include to include the maintenance recommendation report Select Start New Page to insert a page break before the report Select Include Probable Cause Notes and Include Corrective Action Notes to include text that offers solutions for the types of violations found such as high resistance Only cells with violations are listed Status Parameters area Select Overall Voltage Cell Voltage Cell Resistance IT Intertier Resistance or Temperature to list these items in Parameter Status as of Last Reading You must also select the Include Status Parameters check box Select Include Detail Overall Voltage Include Detail Cell Voltage Include Detail Cell Resistance Include Detail IT Resistance or Include Detail Temperature to print these sections which have graphs of each item in violation Items with Normal status do not print Discharge Setup area Select the Include Discha
254. st data Flash memory stores MPM firmware uploads Firmware can be upgraded on site or remotely via modem To test memory select EEPROM or Flash Memory then click Start During EEPROM testing communication is briefly lost then a status result indicates pass or fail During Flash Memory testing the integrity of the upgraded firmware file is checked after clicking Start select a file to compare to the contents in Flash memory Flash testing takes several minutes To clear all measured data stored in E memory click Clear Data Memory 26 6 MPM Diagnostics 26 8 Contacts MPM String View gt Diagnostics Contacts This diagnostic checks the external alarm contacts charger contacts and optional contacts for proper connection To open Alarm Contacts Diagnostics select Contacts Under Select Contact click Parameter Alarm Charger Control or Contact 1 2 or 3 then click On You can confirm contact operation by verifying a device connected to the contacts turns on and off CAUTION The charger contact turns the charger off until it is re energized or until the diagnostic is exited Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Memor Intertier M Select Contact Contact 1 C Contact 2 C Contact 3 Parameter Alarm Charger Control Communication Status Response OK Figure 121 Diagnostics Alarm Contacts MPM 26 7 MPM Diagnostics 26 9 Intertier MPM String View gt Diagnos
255. system s u location 14 3 c name column on string status 21 2 c name field on system s u CUustomer 14 2 c status viewing o oo 21 1 e E 14 2 c system setup screen 14 2 data defined 0 0 ecccceceesceteereeeeenseeeenseeees 7 1 data extraction defined cece 7 1 data point value 0 eee eeseeseereeteees 21 12 data set defmed eee cceseeseeseneeseeeees 22 1 data sets area on detail cell voltage ei 22 2 on trend cell voltage ei 22 6 database automatic updating on install 4 5 backup of Access fie 7 2 21 1 d range Selecting ccccccccsccteeeteeteeees 19 1 d file creating a new Access 4 4 deleting for ACCESS ccceeeseeeeeeeeeee 4 4 opening a database ccccecceieerees 21 1 SAVING A database ccceccccceseessteteteeeeees 21 1 date and time fields on battery s u general BDS 18 2 on battery s u general MPM 17 2 date format 14 4 date sending using check setting 16 1 day interval button on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 day off ck box on contact information s eeseeeseeee 14 13 DC discharge current on DCM on battery s u parameters BDG 18 8 DCM arrows on load module diagnostics BDG 27 3 DCM addresses verified check box 29 6 DCM communication error area on comm error diagnostics BDS
256. t 21 4 pager display Code 14 9 14 13 PIN number field on contact Information 14 13 on system s u reportng 14 9 parameters battery s u BDS ccccccccectecteeeeeettees 18 4 battery slu MPM osooso 17 4 check SettiNgS AA 16 2 p battery s u screen BDG 18 4 p battery s u screen MPM 17 4 p check settings screen BDS 16 2 p check settings screen MPM 16 2 parameter alarm button on contacts diagnostics MPM 26 7 password batery ET 4 4 battery setup BIG 18 1 battery setup MPM 17 1 calibration ee re 4 4 changing BDS battery ei 18 3 changing MPM battery ei 17 3 Changing system ai 14 14 check settings upload ee eeeeeeeeees 4 4 default NEEN 4 4 diagnostics 00 eee eceeeteeeeneeeereneeneereneesees 4 4 in Trmware ee eeeeeeteeeceseeeeeeeseeseeseeeensens 4 4 p field on battery s u general BIG 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 ON email ei 13 1 p system setup screen 14 14 SYSTEM ei 4 4 14 1 14 14 PAUSE auto polling 7 2 NN KIT 4 7 PDF file for CMS He 29 16 peak value column on current alarms 21 13 percent of accumulative discharge times on executive summary report 24 2 percentage above button on cell resistance alarm levels BDS 18 11 on cell resistance alarm levels MPM 17 7 percentage for warning field on battery s u float alarms BDG 18 12 on battery s u float alarms MPM 17 8 perio
257. t available Press OK and choose a different port 205 No response from Modem Cable Multiplexer When connecting modem cable multiplexer Comm Error No response for sending Stop Scan lo of command 3 times 207 Comm Error No response for sending Start Scan command 3 times Sa Comm Error No response for sending Load Off er command 3 times 208 209 Comm Error No response for sending Send DCM command 3 times 300 When sending frames 301 Upgrade failed Not responding Check firmware location PROM or flush memory in the beginning of firmware upgrade Upgrade failed Code confirm failed Resistance test failed 60 minute time out Manual R test is not completed in 60 minutes different MPM configuration historical data During calibration Data import error Encode date time Please try When importing alarm data discharge data Subset lt SubsetNum gt does not have an initial value When viewing discharge Subset lt SubsetNum gt does not have a final value When viewing discharge Discharge data cannot be shown due to invalid Subset 3 is selected but Subset 2 is not selected If Wrong selection in Curve you want to show two curves the second curve Option of Discharge View should be in Subset 2 screen Two password entries are not identical Please enter again 1000 1001 302 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 500 501 502 N 100 The location name exists It must be unique 1003 The customer name e
258. t the Battery Monitor Data Manager double click the BMDM icon on the desktop The first time the program runs Do you want to load a sample database appears Click No if you want to use the Configure Station screens Refer to Sample Databases and Using Configure Station Program Installation and Options 4 4 Configuring BMDM to Run as a Windows Service The BMDM can be run as a service so the application will continue to run in the background even after the user logs off Windows The following describes how to configure the BMDM software as a service Note the BMDM uses the AlwaysUp third party application to run the BMDM as a service It is automatically installed with the BMDM software package starting with versions 5 86 and SQL 6 33 or later To Setup the BMDM as a service using the AlwaysUp application do the following 1 Check if your operating system is 32 or 64 bit 2 Click on the appropriate shortcut to install the BMDM Service a For 32 bit operating system click on Start All Programs Alber MPM Manager then click on the shortcut Install BMDM Service 32 Bit b For 64 bit operating system click on Start All Programs Alber MPM Manager then click on the shortcut Install BMDM Service 64 Bit Note Depending on your operation system this message may appear Click on This program installed correctly to finish the installation B Program Compatibility Assista x This program might not have installed correctly
259. t thresholds button ON all discharges AA 21 16 on detail cell voltage ei 22 1 ON discharge ei 22 10 on trend cell voltage ei 22 5 on trend overall voltage ei 22 8 view v alarm button 21 12 v discharge button s es 21 15 v historical alarm button 21 13 v intercell resistance button 21 6 v load test button 21 15 v resistance button 21 6 v voltage button 21 6 viewing status offline and real time 21 1 voltage mode button on battery s u discharge BDS 18 16 on battery s u discharge MPM 17 9 voltage trend analysis 21 11 wait time field on system s u reporting eee 14 10 warnings ck box on system s u reporting eee 14 11 ONE 4 7 web report generator 00 eceeeseeseseereeeeesees 24 1 wizard for Access database cccccsceseeeneeeees 5 5 VE EE 5 5 ZAP file Kirene 4 7 7 2 21 1 ZOOM ON bar graph 21 6 EA 4 7 23 2
260. t zero IMPORTANT NOTE The TTG Time to Go number is only an estimate Amp Hours Type the amp hours of the battery at the 8 hour rating To disable the estimated time feature set to 0 Peukert Number Type the Peukert number derived by using Peukert s equation Refer to Understanding the Time to Go Algorithm To disable the estimated time feature set to 0 17 10 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM 17 6 Battery Setup Digital Input MPM String View gt Setup Battery Digital Input The MPM has 16 digital inputs that may be connected to external dry contacts You may set up these inputs on the Digital Input dialog box to report an alarm when the external contacts are activated Battery Setup ss General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input LGS Input Name N C N O Report Input 1 Iv IT Input 2 L Iw E Input 3 E Iw E Input 4 i Iw E Input 5 IT Iw IT Input 6 E Iw E Input 7 IT Iw IT Input 8 IT Iw E Input 9 E Iw E Input 10 IT Iw SW Input 11 IT v IT Input 12 IT Iw IT Input 13 E Iw E Input 14 E Iw E Input 15 Iv IT Input 16 E Iw BR String Status Good Communication Status Polling System Status Password OK Figure 57 Battery Setup Digital Input MPM Input Name Assign a name to the input connected to the external contacts and indicate if the contacts are normally open or normally closed To disable an input clear the input
261. ta was extracted on that date String View gt File Extract All then optional File Open date then File Close Extract All This function is similar to the Extract All Data button on String Status except String View is displaying an active connection Click Extract All to extract historic float data resistance data and discharge data for the string being polled To view the extracted data click FilelOpen and select the date If a date is not listed no new data was extracted on that date 21 10 Viewing Battery and Monitor Status String View gt File Export xls then History The Export History Voltage function allows you to export resistance data by date and time To export history on resistance from the main menu click File Export xls then History The Select Date Time window appears to select the date and time of the data to be exported The file will be exported and saved to the following default folder Alber MPM Manager Export History_BDS 40 with the string configuration and the month day year and time for example History_BDS 40 1X40X12V_02_06_12_08_15_00_am xls Click OK to export the file String View gt File Export xls then Resistance The Export Resistance function allows you to export resistance data by date and time To export history on resistance from the main menu click File Export xls then Resistance The Select Date Time window appears to select the date and time of the data to be exported The fil
262. te text in the Synchronizing Using Check Settings chapter 4 4 Program Installation and Options 4 7 Computer Types The first time the program runs a question about computer type appears Select Computer Type Select Computer Type C Central Computer Define only one Central Computer for a given system or group of Battery Monitors If more than one Central Computer is configured monitor data will be divided within computers and data trending will not be possible C Local Computer Define a local computer when a computer is connected to a Battery Monitor at all times If no other Central Computer is used in the entire system then use a Central Computer configuration Ce Service Computer Define a computer for service use This computer is responsible for setting up new Battery Monitors as well as servicing existing systems Figure 5 Select Computer Type You select a computer type only once Refer to Understanding Computer Types before answering The following text is on the Select Computer Type box Central Computer Define only one Central computer for a given system or group of battery monitors If more than one Central computer is configured to extract data the monitor data could become corrupted Local Computer Define a Local computer when a computer is connected to a battery monitor at all times If no other Central computer is used in the entire system then use a Central computer configu
263. ted via a multiplexer this field indicates Failed as a normal condition External RAM BDS Controller and DCM Writes and reads to each RAM location to verify accessibility Firmware Version BDS Controller and DCM Displays the version of firmware running Flash Memory BDS Controller Calculates and verifies the program checksum in Flash memory FW Reset Counter DCM At boot up the DCM runs diagnostics If an error is found the DCM reboots to retest When this happens this counter is incremented HW Reset Counter DCM Indicates how many times power is cycled or the DCM performs a hardware self reset Modem BDS Controller Verifies the modem echoes commands PIO DCM Checks the read write functions of the parallel input output device Processor BDS Controller and DCM Checks processor internal registers and timers PROM BDS Controller and DCM Calculates and verifies the program checksum in the PROM The Clear Counters button resets the HW hardware and FW firmware counters to zero 27 2 BDS Diagnostics 27 3 Load Module BDS String View gt Diagnostics Load Module The Load Module diagnostic tests each load connection to the battery This diagnostic tests the connections load cable fuses load relays and load module and can confirm actual load current Depending how the system is set up only the load module for the selected DCM is enabled Typically all ten load steps are used and are dist
264. tems are listed on the equipment label The sum of all the RENs on your telephone line should be less than five in order to assure proper service from the telephone company In some cases a sum of five may not be useable on a given line If Problems Arise If any of your telephone equipment is not operating properly you should immediately remove it from your telephone line as it may cause harm to the telephone network If the telephone company notes a problem it may temporarily discontinue service When practical the company will notify you in advance of the disconnection If advance notice is not feasible you will be notified as soon as possible When you are notified you will be given the opportunity to correct the problem and informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC Contact your telephone company if you have any questions about your telephone line Alb rcorp 3103 No Andrews Ave Ext Pompano Beach FL 33064 954 623 6660 Information in this document is subject to change without notice This manual is for use with the following versions of software and firmware BMDM Software Version 5 59 or later MPM Firmware Version 2 11 or later BDS Controller Firmware Version 2 41 or later DCM Firmware Version 3 01 or later Battery Monitor Data Manager User s Guide Part Number 4200 004 Book Revision 6 12 1999 2014 Alb rcorp 3103 No Andrews Ave Ext Pompano Beach FL 33064 This manual may not be copied in whol
265. tep SS Starting step number wlaol sy mia e wN wlalwlomilo m w rm CA m E m m ch P P m m P E String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 61 Battery Setup Parameters BDS 256 DCM For all DCM units to 16 in use configure these items according to the configuration chart on the following pages Cells Total number of cells monitored by the DCM LS D Load Steps per DCM R LS Reads per Load Step RLLS Reads on Last Load Step SS Starting Step Number T1 and T2 columns Temperature and 2 Each DCM can monitor up to two temperatures No more than ten temperatures may be monitored for the entire string 18 4 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Config DCM Cells LS D R LS RLLS SS 1x198x1V 1 44 2 22 22 1 2 44 2 22 22 3 3 44 2 22 22 5 4 44 2 22 22 7 5 22 1 22 22 9 1x8x2V 1 8 7 S B 1x31x2V 1 31 3 10 11 6 1x62x2V 1 30 2 15 15 5 2 32 2 15 17 7 1x65x2V 1 32 2 16 16 5 2 33 2 16 17 7 1x108x2V 1 36 2 18 18 1 2 36 2 18 18 3 3 36 2 18 18 5 1x122x2V 1 48 4 12 12 1 2 48 4 12 12 5 3 26 4 12 14 9 1x180x2V 1 46 2 23 23 1 2 46 2 23 23 3 3 46 2 23 23 5 4 42 2 23 19 7 1x182x2V 1 46 2 23 23 1 2 46 2 23 23 3 3 46 2 23 23 5 4 44 2 23 21 7 1x188x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 44 2 24 20 7 1x192x2V 1
266. tery run time and that you only consider the Time to Go as an estimate To activate the Peukert s Equation algorithm in the BMDM program open the Setup BatterylDischarge dialog box and assign values in the Time to Go area 10 2 Selecting Preferences 11 Selecting Preferences String Status gt Setup Preferences At any time you may open the Preferences dialog box to change program appearance or activate options HE JV Display request for sample database at program start Temperature Format Ze F Fahrenheit C Centigrade M String Status Display String View Network Grouping IV Display String ID P IP Address Customer JV Display Customer 2 i i C Location IV Display Location Name Battery I Display Battery Name Modem telephone number Default Status View String Battery Location Customer JV Disable Alarm Reporting Faxing Paging Printing E mail IV Hide Alarm Reporting Window IT Detail Executive Report Enable IT Show Status Screen On Waiting Login J Show String Status Color Alarm threshold count e Status Color Normal Bue B Status Color Alarm Red M IT Disable Sound Select Sound Apply Status Flush Buffer Interval fi 5 00 MM SS Altemate Field Title Customer X Concel Figure 21 Preferences Display Sample Database To display the message Do you want to load a sample database at BMDM program start select this box
267. the Web interface Show Status Screen on Waiting Login Check to keep the String Status screen displaying when no user is logged in Show String Status Color To have color indicate status on the String Status screen select this box an alarm threshold count and a color Alarm Threshold Count This is the number of alarms required on a string to make the Normal color change to the Alarm color Status Color Normal A good status with no alarms displays in the color selected from this Status Color Normal drop down box Status Color Alarm A string in alarm with the number of alarms selected in the Alarm Threshold Count box displays in the color selected in this Status Color Alarm drop down box Disable Sound Select to globally disable alarm sounds Not selecting enables a sound upon an alarm You must also check Sound Alarm on Setup SystemlReporting which applies to specific strings Refer to Setting Up a New MPM or BDS System To select an alarm sound click Select Sound on Preferences and choose a sound Click Open then Apply to hear the sound Note When in Battery setup and remote reporting is disabled the alarm threshold must be set to one The string status is set to have an alarm and the string status color is automatically applied Status Flush Buffer Interval Select an interval in minutes and seconds to have the polling status saved to the database The default interval is 15 minutes Alternate Field Title Type a nam
268. tics Intertier The Intertier diagnostic monitors the signal on each intertier input Use this diagnostic for verifying the calibration of these input channels or troubleshooting To open Intertier Diagnostics select Intertier Self Test Load Module DIP Indicator Digital Port Memory Conta Intertier Intertier Voltage mvolts Intertier 1 Cell 12 0 000 KE Communication Status Response OK Figure 122 Diagnostics Intertier MPM You may define up to eight intertiers for the MPM on the Battery Setup Parameters dialog box but Intertiers 2 through 4 are active only when expansion ports J3 J4 J6 and J7 are installed on the MPM Intertier Voltage mvolts This column indicates the voltages being sent This screen displays up to eight intertiers for the MPM and is used to confirm calibration accuracy The cell number is the lower of the two cell numbers across which the intertier is connected selected on MPM SetupI BatterylParameters 26 8 BDS Diagnostics 27 BDS Diagnostics String View gt Diagnostics tem The diagnostics are used for production testing but may help troubleshoot a hardware failure in the field Select Diagnostics from String View The computer must be connected to a BDS and Communication Status at screen bottom must show Response OK 27 1 Rebooting and Power Up Diagnostics BDS String View gt Setup Reboot Firmware To reboot the BDS from the Data Manager select R
269. tings LGS MPM BDS Upload Communication Status Response OK Password Unchecked 16 10 Check Settings Screens 16 1 Check Settings Screens in Controller BDS Only String Status gt Connection 3 then lt CTRL gt Setup Check Settings dialog box A second series of Check Settings boxes for diagnostics is available for the BDS These Check Settings in Controller boxes retrieve data from the BDS Controller instead of the DCM To open Check Settings in Controller at String View hold down the CTRL key while selecting SetuplCheck Settings A typical dialog box Check Settings in ControllerlCalibration for the BDS is shown below Check Settings in Controller 2 x General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input Digital Output Calibration DCM 1 al gt ITEMS IN DATABASE IN MONITOR Cell Voltage Calibration Factor 0 0 00383276 Overall Voltage Calibration Factor 0 20451355 0 20451355 Test Current Calibration Factor 0 01016235 0 01016235 Discharge Current Calibration Factor 0 11325073 0 11325073 0 10416794 0 10416794 Temperature 1 Calibration Factor 0 09578705 0 09578705 0 00059509 0 00059509 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 Send Time W Recheck den Upload String Status Alarm Communication Status Polling OV Load amp Temps Password Unchecked Figure 50 Check Settings in Controller Typical Screen BDS 16 11 Programming
270. ts View Discharge lists automatically detected discharges If String Status on the bottom left of the String View screen indicates Discharging Logging Discharge Data or R test in Progress View Discharge and View Load Test cannot be selected yll Discharges E F el x File Yiew cr elei z 5 Replay Speed m M Report Intervat S Preview Time 00 01 00 HH MM SS mDischarge Dates LS Start Date Tit Durati L tOY O V 30 ACY 30 C OV Deviation fos aes art Date Time uration owes 121 0 8 21 2002 09 32 32 a 7 25 2002 11 38 51 a 00 00 42 00 00 03 Low Threshold Values Use Preset Thresholds 2 00 00 00 00 0 00 Override Preset Thresholds 6 20 2002 6 20 2002 Low Cell Threshold 1 949 Voltage F e an Donn Low OV Threshold 0 0 Voltage _6 20 2002 i ee ae NANNA MGraph Scaling C Auto Max 0 000 GM Mi mmm mem Cell Detait SE S All None Report Options Aa IV Auto Select E Tabular ting 1 ce Sting 1 cell 2 e eras WV Cell Graph Stingi cell 3 J7 Cell Memos IV Cell Detail Sting 1 cell 4 Sting 1 cell 5 IT Include Power TC OVA Graph E eweg cell J Standard Sting 1 cell Sting 1 cell 8 MPM current to include in report Sting 1 cell 9 String 1 cell 10 xl Ca iz Lee CA String Status Communication Status Unknown Figure 90 All Discharges MPM shown 2
271. unch the BMDM user interface click Start All Programs Alber MPM Manager then click on the shortcut Run BMDM Service in Session Note When using the BMDM as a service use only Run BMDM Service in Session to launch BMDM Attempting to run the BMDM using the regular icon shortcut will cause issues such as having two instances of BMDM exe running at the same time or shared violation errors 4 3 Program Installation and Options 6 It is recommended to replace the regular BMDM shortcut on the desktop with the Run BMDM Service in Session shortcut to prevent the user from launching the BMDM incorrectly 4 5 Database Notes A BMDM database file contains cell and battery readings and setup data The BMDM program stores MPM and BDS data in an Access based MDB file Access initial database file During installation the BMDM places the empty Access database file mpm db3 mdb under Program Files Alber MPM Manager Database or in another folder selected at time of installation This empty default database opens when you have not previously opened another database Creating a new database You may create a new Access database using FilelNew Deleting a database You cannot delete an Access MDB database file from within the BMDM program To delete a database use standard Windows procedures to delete the MDB file from the folder where it is saved The file is typically located at Program Files Alber MPM Manager Database Because databases
272. verall Voltage volts 58 0 ET Vv Vv Low Overall Voltage volts 500 FET v Vv High Temperature a 2 CG Vv Vv Low Temperature F 58 SES Iw Iw Cell Resistance microhms 400 5 M Vv Intertier Resistance microhms Io E a E High Float Current Imampsl 1 pn CG E Intercell Resistance microhms Ke ES a L High String Current amps 9999 ET E E High Cell Voltage Warning volts 2 300 Gi Resistance for Warning CG FE Send fl Close String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 54 Battery Setup Float Alarms MPM Float Alarms Enable or Disable Global control of all float alarms for local alarm status and alarm contact activation Select Enable for the call out of float alarms and digital input alarms When Disable is selected the MPM Alarm Disable LED is lit and the String Status column on the String Status screen indicates Alarms Disabled Cell Resistance Threshold Global applies the alarm level in the Cell Resistance microhms field to all cells Individual and Input Level sets alarm levels on a cell basis using the Cell Resistance Alarm Levels box 17 6 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM S Cell Resistance Alarm Levels E SSES Apply Cell Resistance Ir Value Threshold Cell Threshold E a 134 1 1 1 2 1484 i 1 3 422 nu e 1 5 1401 AE 1476 7 1400 na um na mm i i i i i i
273. w screen buttons refer to Using the Preview Screens 24 2 Using the Web Report Generator 24 2 Generating an Executive Summary Report String Status gt Reports Generate If enabled on Setup Preferences the Web Report Generator automatically generates the executive summary report every night after autopolling is done To manually generate a report highlight a name on the String Status screen then click ReportslGenerate At the Generate Executive Reports box click Yes The Auto Generating Technician Detail Summary Report dialog box appears while the reports are being generated Auto Generating Technician Detail Summary Report s s Customer Name ALBERCORP Location Name BOCA RATON LAB Battery Name BATTERY 1X24A String Name STRING 9 Building Threshold Deviation Report BATTERY 1X24BSTRING 10 Figure 112 Auto Generating Technician Detail Summary Report The report is saved in the SystemSummary subdirectory which is created when the BMDM program is installed To view the new report use a program such as Adobe Acrobat Reader and navigate to Program Files Alber MPM Manager Web SystemSummary Click on the PDF file name to open the report New executive summary reports automatically overwrite previous reports every 24 hours or when you manually generate reports by selecting Reports Generate 24 3 25 Calibration String View gt Setup Calibration Calibration To ensure reliability of readings Alb r recommends
274. ware The system will know what DCM s are available but the individual setting the system up will need to know which probes to use and therefore properly assign them There is only one set of Latch Reporting Critical Maintenance settings because either parameter will cause a thermal runaway event to be created in the alarm logging Optional Relay Module If the system is configured with the optional relay module each contact can be configured to a thermal runaway event as shown below Each contact can be defined to a particular string and programmable to be latching or non latching If the alarm module is used for the BDS 40 there are only six alarm contacts available If it is a BDS 256 then there are eight contacts available The Hardware section allows you to configure and generate alarms on hardware faults At the time of this BMDM software release the only hardware fault monitored is a communication fault between the BDS Controller and DCM s It is required to have Latching enabled Critical and Maintenance should only be checked if the indicators on the front panel and alarm relay operation are required Remote reporting is not required for this alarm to function properly 18 15 18 6 Battery Setup Discharge BDS String View gt Setup Battery Discharge The following appear on the Discharge dialog box Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Battery Setup General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Syste
275. wizard to collect all the information to start clicking the mouse on the next screen and selecting Run Wizard from the menu Figure 18 Configure Station Information If running the BMDM for the first time with an Access database this box opens the hardware setup wizard You may start this wizard at any time by selecting SetuplRun Wizard 5 1 BMDM Configuration Wizard String Status gt Setup Run Wizard or Right click mouse Run Wizard The BMDM Configuration Wizard sets up monitor hardware and battery strings Using the Wizard is the recommended method for setup as it ensures that basic setup requirements are completed If you choose not to use the Wizard you must use the various BMDM setup dialog boxes To start the Wizard select SetuplRun Wizard or right click on the String Status screen and select Run Wizard The self guided Wizard dialog boxes are not described in this manual Battery Monitor Data Manager Configuration Wizard 1 0 p5 D x Product Selection Welcome to the Battery Monitor Data Manager Wizard This Wizard provides a quick start for easy BMDM setup Click a button to select the monitor you want to set up now After completing the Wizard if you need to set up additional monitors start this program again by selecting BMDM Wizard under Alber Battery Monitor BDS 40 BDS 256 Cancel Figure 19 BMDM Configuration Wizard Opening Screen 5 5 Practical Theory Understanding Compute
276. x244x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 24 1 24 24 9 6 28 1 28 28 10 1x246x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 24 1 24 24 9 6 36 1 30 30 10 1x252x2V 1 48 2 24 24 1 2 48 2 24 24 3 3 48 2 24 24 5 4 48 2 24 24 7 5 24 1 24 24 9 6 36 1 36 36 10 1x6x4V 1 6 1 6 6 1 1x90x4V 1 45 5 9 9 1 2 45 5 9 9 6 1x120x4V 1 48 4 12 12 1 2 48 4 12 12 5 3 24 2 12 12 9 1x121x4V 1 48 4 12 12 1 2 48 4 12 12 5 3 25 2 12 13 9 1x122x4V 1 48 4 12 12 1 2 48 4 12 12 5 3 26 2 12 14 9 1x123x4V 1 48 4 12 12 1 2 48 4 12 12 5 3 27 2 12 15 9 1x60x6V 1 30 5 6 6 1 2 30 5 6 6 6 1x62x6V 1 30 5 6 6 1 2 32 5 6 8 6 1x65x6V 1 32 4 8 8 1 2 33 4 8 9 5 1x78x6V 1 40 5 8 8 1 2 38 5 8 6 6 1x80x6V 1 40 5 8 8 1 2 40 5 8 8 6 1x81x6V 1 40 5 8 8 1 2 41 5 8 9 6 1x60x8V 1 30 5 6 6 1 2 30 5 6 6 6 1x61x8V 1 30 5 6 6 1 2 31 5 6 7 6 1x30x12V 1 30 10 3 3 1 1x31x12V 1 31 10 3 4 1 1x32x12V 1 32 8 4 4 1 1x33x12V 1 33 10 3 6 1 1x36x12V 1 36 9 4 4 1 1x40x12V 1 40 10 4 4 1 Figure 63 BDS Configuration Data for Setup Files continued 18 7 Programming Battery Setup for the BDS Parameter Enabled The OV DC and FC parameters are assigned to DCM 1 Select Enabled to view the parameter in String View and enable the hardware OV Overall Volts Not available for BDS 40 DC Discharge Current FC Float Current Cell Voltage From the drop down list select the nominal voltage of the cell or jar being
277. xists It must be unique 30 2 above baseline field on detail cell resistance ei 22 3 on trend cell resistance ei 22 6 24 7 on contact Information 14 13 a d counts column on calibration 25 2 a d status on self test diagnostics BDS 27 1 on self test diagnostics MPM 26 2 absolute above button on cell resistance alarm levels BDS 18 11 on cell resistance alarm levels MPM 17 7 absolute date and time button on battery s u test parameters BDS 18 9 on battery s u test parameters MPM 17 5 Access creating a database eects 4 4 database backup 7 2 21 1 database on BMDM n00nn00nnanoanneeaenae 4 deleting a database cece 4 4 access telephone number field on contact Information 14 13 on system s u reporting eee 14 9 account field on email ei 13 1 acknowledge a alarm button on current alarm 21 15 a alarm menu Hem 21 4 21 15 a button on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 active ck box on contact information 14 12 ACV 30 column On all discharges cceseeeseeeeeeeees 21 16 ON discharge ei 22 11 alarm a button on indicator diagnostics MPM 26 5 a button area on battery s u general BDS 18 3 on battery s u general MPM 17 3 a date area on historical alarm selection 21 14 a detail column on historical events 21 6 a disab
278. y Setup Digital Input BD 230 18 18 Figure 71 Battery Setup Digital Output BDS 2301 18 19 Figure 72 Battery Setup LGS BD 18 20 Figure 73 Select Database Range seccssseessersoensessenssen snes seesseeseeeneesneesoesenssonsenserssessenssen snes Raisi 19 1 sure String Statuses esere ar e eaea aeeie Enie EE Ee E E eee EEEn E EEEE ER EEEa 21 2 Figure 75 String Status Viewing Selecton eee eeeeceeesceesceseceeceseceaecsaecsaecseecneseaeeeeeseeeeerenereeeeaees 21 3 Figure 76 Strings 1 Alass hesceiscseasvsnsbessescassaeutesbeatvieusenesoeenenovacesobechesepenneudebecennpenunbensevents 21 3 Figure 77 Report Alarm went ue esot poesenecsaes dy sdsecovh oovnctus dE S d vos ectepatvevsepensaes Ea 21 4 Figure 78 Summary Battery Sites 21 5 Figure 79 Historical weng erst scecscesccescoydegen ce pec yehes pisessi ira coer eE So aig evochleouavtepeagevscheessvadh deed sde 21 5 Figure 80 String View Cell Voltages MPM sbhown 21 7 Figure 81 String View Cell Resistance MPM sbhown 21 8 Figure 82 String View Intercell Resistances BDS onlvit ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeaees 21 9 Figure 83 History Options and Record Date Time Bon 21 10 Figure 84 Cell Voltage Box rirerire oneetan o EREA EES aee a p YENE NEES SHESHIN REON 21 11 Fig te 85 Trend Ment casni nsr eie aee Ee ENT ge Ed burdens easauedeal eS EES E SESS 21 12 Figure 86 Trend Cell Voltage Typical of all Trend screens esssseesseeeessersses
279. y reset If not selected the alarm contact de energizes when the alarm condition clears Remote Reporting When selected causes the monitor to report the alarm When not selected call out is disabled for that parameter You must select this option and Remote Reporting Enable under Setup BatterylGeneral to enable the call out function and to display Alarm Detail on the Historical Events screen during polling 17 8 Programming Battery Setup for the MPM 17 5 Battery Setup Discharge MPM String View gt Setup Battery Discharge The following appear on the Discharge dialog box Battery Setup SI General Parameters Test Parameters Float Alarms Discharge Digital Input LGS Discharge Selections Deviation Storage Thresholds M Enable Log Threshold for Cell Voltage mv 15 H Iw Latch CG Log Threshold for OV 100 s mv 5 P Log Threshold for Current amps 1 E Problem Discharge Thresholds Discharge Detection Method 1 750 C Voltage Mode Current Mode pos Ealy ake Wee Si Low Overall Voltage volts 42 0 Level amps 25 0 3 Maximum Discharge Time minutes 30 H Report Option C Report all discharges C Report problem discharge only Disable EA Send Close String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 56 Battery Setup Discharge MPM Discharge Selections Area Enable Select to let the monitor capture and store discharge data If not selected the MPM does n
280. y when polling each monitor Normally select Auto Extract Data for a Central computer otherwise you will have to manually call each site and extract data Refer to Understanding Polling Extraction and Backup for polling details Extract Data by Set Time To extract data at a time other than midnight select Auto Extract Data then select this box and type a time in the Extract Time field on System Setup Link for each string Force All Strings to Direct Connection Use with a Local or Service computer using a database that has modem or network connections Select this box to connect to an MPM or BDS using the USB or RS 232 port This feature saves having to modify the database Link connections and is useful when temporarily using a Local or Service computer Timeout Bad Data Retry Count This is the number of times the program attempts to poll data from a monitor if previously unsuccessful 12 1 Determining the USB COM Port If your MPM or BDS system has USB capability you must determine which COM port the computer selects for the USB driver and then set the COM port in the BMDM program Note Items on your version of Microsoft Windows may have different names from those described in the following text First connect the MPM or BDS system to the USB port on the computer and power up the computer and the system From the Windows desktop click StartlSettingslControl PanellSystem On the System dialog box click the Hardware tab th
281. ype 000 feel Site ID 00000 0000 33999 Monitor Device Number 0000000 0000000 9999399 LGS Phone Number LGS Report Time 00 00 HH MM Enabled EH Send Close String Status Good Communication Status Response OK Password OK Figure 72 Battery Setup LGS BDS System Type Type three characters to identify the device being monitored For MPM 100 type MPM for BDS 256 type 256 for BDS 40 type 040 Site ID Type the five character ID for customer site identification Monitor Device Number Type the seven digit number used for customer device tracking LGS Phone Number Type the telephone number that connects to the LGS remote monitoring service This number is used for a daily communication test and alarm reporting LGS Report Time Type the time the monitor calls in each day to confirm communication Use the 24 hour clock e g 13 45 Enabled Check this box to enable remote monitoring by LGS Monitoring is enabled only after a monitoring plan has been purchased from LGS 18 20 Selecting the Database Range 19 Selecting the Database Range String Status gt Setup Database Range To select a database range before connecting to a location select Setup Database Range The Select Database Range dialog box appears ais Range Entire DB Range Start nd Last Time Period Ge Last 3 Months Last 6 Months C Othe D Months Save Cancel Figure 73 Sele
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
MSI X-Slim Series X600-S3547VHP 0470-sman-d-4379-hq WAVE Bioreactor™ 20/50 and WAVEPOD™ II COLORado Batten Quad-9 Tour Quick Reference Guide Rev. 3 Multi エコマーク「基準審議委員会」(第4回)議事要旨 UniLog 2 Instructions Séparateur à graisses KESSEL Euro ″G″ NG 7 ダイキン自然冷媒ヒートポンプ給湯機 エコキュート 2012/10発行 038p Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file